4. 解说分巴利 4. Paṭiniddesavāro
导论 · 634 段
1. 教说理趣分别巴利
1. Desanāhāravibhaṅgo
5 其中,什么是教说理趣?“味、过患……”这一偈颂即是教说理趣。它开示什么?开示味、过患、出离、果、方法、教诫。“诸比丘,我将为你们说法,初善、中善、后善,具足义理与表达,完全圆满、清净的梵行,我将予以开示。”巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo desanāhāro? ‘‘Assādādīnavatā’’ti gāthā ayaṃ desanāhāro. Kiṃ desayati? Assādaṃ ādīnavaṃ nissaraṇaṃ phalaṃ upāyaṃ āṇattiṃ. Dhammaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsessāmīti.
“ 若人渴求欲乐,所求皆得成就,
凡夫得偿所愿,必然心生欢喜。”巴利
Tattha katamo assādo? ‘‘Kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa, tassa cetaṃ samijjhati; Addhā pītimano hoti, laddhā macco yadicchatī’’ti.
那么,什么是其中的过患呢?巴利
Tattha katamo ādīnavo?
“ 若那欲求诸欲、已生欲之众生;
那些欲乐终会消退,犹如利箭穿身之人,备受煎熬。”巴利
‘‘Tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno; Te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppatī’’ti.
那么,什么是出离呢?巴利
Tattha katamaṃ nissaraṇaṃ?
“ 他远离诸欲,犹如以脚避蛇头;
他具念,超越此世间的贪爱系缚。”巴利
‘‘Yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro; Somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattatī’’ti.
其中,什么是味?巴利
Tattha katamo assādo?
“ 田地、宅基或黄金,牛马、奴婢仆从;女子、亲族、种种欲乐——凡夫所贪求。”
女人们、亲族、种种欲乐,凡夫贪求。巴利
‘‘Khettaṃ vatthuṃ hiraññaṃ vā, gavāssaṃ dāsaporisaṃ; Thiyo bandhū puthū kāme, yo naro anugijjhatī’’ti.
于此,什么是过患?巴利
Tattha katamo ādīnavo?
“ 无力者压倒他,险难碾压摧伏他;”
于是痛苦便追随他而来,犹如水漏入破船。巴利
‘‘Abalā naṃ balīyanti, maddante naṃ parissayā; Tato naṃ dukkhamanveti, nāvaṃ bhinnamivodaka’’nti.
那么,什么是出离呢?巴利
Tattha katamaṃ nissaraṇaṃ?
“ 因此,人当恒持正念,远离诸欲;
舍离诸欲,渡越暴流,犹如舀干船中积水,而抵达彼岸。”巴利
‘‘Tasmā jantu sadā sato, kāmāni parivajjaye; Te pahāya tare oghaṃ, nāvaṃ sitvāva pāragū’’ti.
于此,什么是果?巴利
Tattha katamaṃ phalaṃ?
“ 法实能守护行法者,犹如雨季的大伞盖;
此是善行于法的利益,行法者不堕恶道。”巴利
‘‘Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, chattaṃ mahantaṃ yatha vassakāle; Esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī’’ti.
那么,什么是方法呢?巴利
Tattha katamo upāyo?
“ 当以智慧观见“一切法非我”时,”
便厌离于苦,这就是清净之道。巴利
‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti…pe… ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘Sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti, yadā paññāya passati; Atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā’’ti.
其中,何为教诫?巴利
Tattha katamā āṇatti?
“ 具眼之人,犹如避开险路,于存在(机会)时精进;
“ 世间智者,当远离种种恶行。”
此为教令。
“ 你应以空观察世间,
“ 摩卡拉迦(Mogharāja) !”这是教令;“恒常保持正念”则是方法。
“ 拔除自我之见,便能如是成为超越死神者。”巴利
‘‘Cakkhumā visamānīva, vijjamāne parakkame; Paṇḍito jīvalokasmiṃ, pāpāni parivajjaye’’ti. Ayaṃ āṇatti. ‘‘‘Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, Mogharājā’ti āṇatti, ‘sadā sato’ti upāyo; ‘Attānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca , evaṃ maccutaro siyā’’’.
6 在这里,世尊为利根略说即知者教授出离,为可广解义理者教授过患与出离,为需引导者教授味、过患与出离。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa nissaraṇaṃ desayati, vipañcitaññussa puggalassa ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca desayati, neyyassa puggalassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca desayati.
这里有四种行道,四种人。贪行者中,根器迟钝者,以念根依苦行道、迟通达而得成就,所依为念处。贪行者中,根器敏锐者,以定根依苦行道、速通达而得成就,所依为禅那。见行者中,根器迟钝者,以精进根依乐行道、迟通达而得成就,所依为正勤。见行者中,根器敏锐者,以慧根依乐行道、速通达而得成就,所依为谛。巴利
Tattha catasso paṭipadā, cattāro puggalā. Taṇhācarito mando satindriyena dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya niyyāti satipaṭṭhānehi nissayehi. Taṇhācarito udatto samādhindriyena dukkhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya niyyāti jhānehi nissayehi. Diṭṭhicarito mando vīriyindriyena sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya niyyāti sammappadhānehi nissayehi. Diṭṭhicarito udatto paññindriyena sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya niyyāti saccehi nissayehi.
两位贪行者皆以止为先导的观而得度脱,趋向离贪的心解脱。两位见行者皆以观为先导的止而得度脱,趋向离无明的慧解脱。巴利
Ubho taṇhācaritā samathapubbaṅgamāya vipassanā niyyanti rāgavirāgāya cetovimuttiyā. Ubho diṭṭhicaritā vipassanāpubbaṅgame samathena niyyanti avijjāvirāgāya paññāvimuttiyā.
其中,凡依止为先导之行道而成就的人,应以欢喜轮转之理而引导;凡依观为先导之行道而成就的人,应以狮子游戏之理而引导。巴利
Tattha ye samathapubbaṅgamāhi paṭipadāhi niyyanti, te nandiyāvaṭṭena nayena hātabbā, ye vipassanāpubbaṅgamāhi paṭipadāhi niyyanti, te sīhavikkīḷitena nayena hātabbā.
7 这种理趣从何而生?导师或某位值得尊重的同修为某人说法,他听闻此法后获得信心。在此,所行的审察、策励、衡量、抉择,便是闻所成慧。同样,依于所闻,以心随观而进行的审察、衡量、抉择,便是思所成慧。与这两种慧相应的作意,在见地或修地中所生起的智,便是修所成慧。巴利 注疏 1
Svāyaṃ hāro kattha sambhavati, yassa satthā vā dhammaṃ desayati aññataro vā garuṭṭhānīyo sabrahmacārī, so taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. Tattha yā vīmaṃsā ussāhanā tulanā upaparikkhā, ayaṃ sutamayī paññā. Tathā sutena nissayena yā vīmaṃsā tulanā upaparikkhā manasānupekkhaṇā, ayaṃ cintāmayī paññā. Imāhi dvīhi paññāhi manasikārasampayuttassa yaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati dassanabhūmiyaṃ vā bhāvanābhūmiyaṃ vā, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā.
8 依他人音声而生起的,是闻所成慧。由自身生起的如理作意而生起的,是思所成慧。由他人音声及自身生起的如理作意而生起的智,是修所成慧。具有这两种慧——闻所成慧与思所成慧的人,是利根略说即知者。具有闻所成慧、但不具思所成慧的人,是可广解其义者。若两者都不具备,即既无闻所成慧亦无思所成慧的人,是需要引导者。巴利 注疏 1
Paratoghosā sutamayī paññā. Paccattasamuṭṭhitā yoniso manasikārā cintāmayī paññā. Yaṃ parato ca ghosena paccattasamuṭṭhitena ca yonisomanasikārena ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā. Yassa imā dve paññā atthi sutamayī cintāmayī ca, ayaṃ ugghaṭitaññū. Yassa sutamayī paññā atthi, cintāmayī natthi, ayaṃ vipañcitaññū . Yassa neva sutamayī paññā atthi na cintāmayī, ayaṃ neyyo.
9 那次说法教导了什么?四圣谛:苦、集、灭、道。其中,过患与果报是苦,味着是集,出离是灭,方便与教诫是道。这便是四圣谛。此即法轮。巴利 注疏 1
Sāyaṃ dhammadesanā kiṃ desayati? Cattāri saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Ādīnavo ca phalañca dukkhaṃ, assādo samudayo, nissaraṇaṃ nirodho, upāyo āṇatti ca maggo. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Idaṃ dhammacakkaṃ.
正如世尊所说:“‘诸比丘,这是苦’——我在波罗奈(Bārāṇasī) 仙人堕处(Isipatana) 鹿野苑(Migadāya) ,转起无上法轮,那是沙门、婆罗门、天、魔、梵天神或世间任何人皆不能逆转的,此即法轮的全部。”巴利
Yathāha bhagavā – ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti me, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ, sabbaṃ dhammacakkaṃ.
于此,有无量的词、无量的音节、无量的文句、无量的行相、语源与解说。为将此义开示、宣说、揭示、分析、显了而作施设,这便名为“此是苦圣谛”的安立。巴利
Tattha aparimāṇā padā, aparimāṇā akkharā, aparimāṇā byañjanā, aparimāṇā ākārā neruttā niddesā. Etasseva atthassa saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammaṃ paññatti, itipidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ.
“诸比丘,这是苦集”——我在波罗奈的仙人堕处鹿野苑,转起了无上法轮……“诸比丘,这是苦灭”……“诸比丘,这是通往苦灭的道路”——我在波罗奈的仙人堕处鹿野苑,转起了无上法轮,此轮不为沙门、婆罗门、天神、魔罗、梵天神及世间任何有情所逆转。巴利
‘‘Ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti me, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti me, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.
于此,有无量的语句、无量的音声、无量的文辞、无量的相状,以及语源解释与阐说。为了开示、宣明、揭示、分析、显了此义而作的施设,即是这“通往苦灭之道”的圣谛。巴利
Tattha aparimāṇā padā, aparimāṇā akkharā, aparimāṇā byañjanā, aparimāṇā ākārā neruttā niddesā. Etasseva atthassa saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammaṃ paññatti itipidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ.
在那里,世尊以音声阐明,以语句宣示,以文辞揭示,以相状分析,以语源解释显了,以阐说施设。在那里,世尊又以音声与语句作简要开示,以文辞与相状作广演,以语源解释与阐说作详细敷陈。其中,简要开示是开头,广演是中段,详细敷陈是结尾。这个法与律,当以简要开示调伏时,所调伏的是略开即能了悟的那类人,因此被称为“开头亦是善”;当以广演调伏时,所调伏的是须经广演方能了悟的那类人,因此被称为“中间亦是善”;当以详细敷陈调伏时,所调伏的是需要渐次引导的那类人,因此被称为“结尾亦是善”。巴利
Tattha bhagavā akkharehi saṅkāseti, padehi pakāseti, byañjanehi vivarati, ākārehi vibhajati, niruttīhi uttānīkaroti , niddesehi paññapeti. Tattha bhagavā akkharehi ca padehi ca ugghaṭeti , byañjanehi ca ākārehi ca vipañcayati, niruttīhi ca niddesehi ca vitthāreti. Tattha ugghaṭanā ādi, vipañcanā majjhe, vitthāraṇā pariyosānaṃ. Soyaṃ dhammavinayo ugghaṭīyanto ugghaṭitaññūpuggalaṃ vineti, tena naṃ āhu ‘‘ādikalyāṇo’’ti. Vipañcīyanto vipañcitaññūpuggalaṃ vineti, tena naṃ āhu ‘‘majjhekalyāṇo’’ti. Vitthārīyanto neyyaṃ puggalaṃ vineti, tena naṃ āhu ‘‘pariyosānakalyāṇo’’ti.
10 这其中,义的六种方式是:开示、宣说、揭示、分析、显明、施设——这六种便是义。文的六种方式是:音声、语句、文辞、形相、语源解释、阐说——这六种便是文。因此,世尊说:“诸比丘,我将为你们说法,开头善,中间善,结尾善,具足义、具足文。”巴利 注疏 1
Tattha chappadāni attho saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammaṃ paññatti, imāni chappadāni attho. Chappadāni byañjanaṃ akkharaṃ padaṃ byañjanaṃ ākāro nirutti niddeso, imāni chappadāni byañjanaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘dhammaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjana’’nti.
“全然”指出世间法,不杂世间法。“具足”指圆满,不增不减。“清净”指无垢,舍离一切垢染,清净,具备一切殊胜,这又称作“如来所行”“如来所依”“如来所乐”,依此而梵行得以显现。因此,世尊说:“我将开演全然圆满、全然清净的梵行。”巴利
Kevala nti lokuttaraṃ, na missaṃ lokiyehi dhammehi. Paripuṇṇa nti paripūraṃ anūnaṃ anatirekaṃ. Parisuddha nti nimmalaṃ sabbamalāpagataṃ pariyodātaṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ sabbavisesānaṃ, idaṃ vuccati tathāgatapadaṃitipi tathāgatanisevitaṃitipi tathāgatārañjitaṃitipi, atocetaṃ brahmacariyaṃ paññāyati. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsessāmī’’ti.
此法为谁而说?为瑜伽行者。因此,尊者玛哈咖佳亚那(Mahākaccāyana) 说:巴利
Kesaṃ ayaṃ dhammadesanā, yogīnaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano –
“ 味、过患、出离,以及果与方法;
世尊的教令,此即瑜伽行者的教说理趣。”巴利
‘‘Assādādīnavatā, nissaraṇampi ca phalaṃ upāyo ca; Āṇattī ca bhagavato, yogīnaṃ desanāhāro’’ti.
已运用教说理趣。巴利
Niyutto desanāhāro.
2. 抉择理趣分别巴利
2. Vicayahāravibhaṅgo
11 于此,什么是抉择理趣?
“有所问及有所答”——此偈颂,即是抉择理趣。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? ‘‘Yaṃ pucchitañca vissajjitañcā’’ti gāthā, ayaṃ vicayo hāro.
他抉择什么?他抉择词句,抉择问题,抉择解答,抉择前后次第,抉择味,抉择过患,抉择出离,抉择果,抉择方法,抉择教示,抉择偈颂,他抉择一切九分教。其情形如何?即如《彼岸品》中,具寿阿吉达尊者在世尊面前所问:巴利
Kiṃ vicinati? Padaṃ vicinati, pañhaṃ vicinati, visajjanaṃ vicinati, pubbāparaṃ vicinati, assādaṃ vicinati, ādīnavaṃ vicinati, nissaraṇaṃ vicinati, phalaṃ vicinati, upāyaṃ vicinati, āṇattiṃ vicinati, anugītiṃ vicinati, sabbe nava suttante vicinati. Yathā kiṃ bhave, yathā āyasmā ajito pārāyane bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchati –
“ 这世间被什么遮蔽了呢?”尊者阿吉达问。
“ 它为何不彰显自己?
你说,它的垢秽是什么?什么是它的大恐怖?”巴利
‘‘Kenassu nivuto loko, [iccāyasmā ajito,] Kenassu nappakāsati; Kissābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃ su tassa mahabbhaya’’nti.
这四个词句所问的,合为一个问题。为何如此?因为它们摄持同一主题。他是这样问的:“世间被什么遮蔽?”这是问世间安立的层面;“它为何不彰显?”这是问世间的不彰显性;“你说它的粘著是什么?”这是问世间的粘著;“它的大恐怖又是什么?”这正是问此世间的大恐怖。世间有三种:烦恼世间、业有世间与根身世间。巴利
Imāni cattāri padāni pucchitāni, so eko pañho. Kasmā? Ekavatthu pariggahā, evañhi āha ‘‘kenassu nivuto loko’’ti lokādhiṭṭhānaṃ pucchati, ‘‘kenassu nappakāsatī’’ti lokassa appakāsanaṃ pucchati, ‘‘kissābhilepanaṃ brūsī’’ti lokassa abhilepanaṃ pucchati, ‘‘kiṃsu tassa mahabbhaya’’nti tasseva lokassa mahābhayaṃ pucchati. Loko tividho kilesaloko bhavaloko indriyaloko.
于此,解答如下:巴利
Tattha visajjanā –
“ 世间为无明所覆,阿吉达!”世尊如是说。
因悭吝与放逸,便不显现;
我说,贪求是涂染,其苦乃是大怖畏。巴利
‘‘Avijjāya nivuto loko, [ajitāti bhagavā,] Vivicchā pamādā nappakāsati; Jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi, dukkhamassa mahabbhaya’’nti.
这四句由此四句而解答:第一句对第一句,第二句对第二句,第三句对第三句,第四句对第四句。巴利
Imāni cattāri padāni imehi catūhi padehi visajjitāni paṭhamaṃ paṭhamena, dutiyaṃ dutiyena, tatiyaṃ tatiyena, catutthaṃ catutthena.
“对于“世间被什么遮蔽”之问,“世间被无明遮蔽”是回答。世间被诸盖所覆蔽,因为一切众生都被无明之盖覆盖。正如世尊所说:‘诸比丘,从类别上说,我对一切众生、一切有息者、一切生物说唯有一种盖,即无明;因为一切众生都被无明之盖覆盖。诸比丘,于无明的灭尽、弃舍、舍弃之后,我说众生没有盖。’因此,对于第一句的回答是得当的。”巴利
‘‘Kenassu nivuto loko’’ti pañhe ‘‘avijjāya nivuto loko’’ti visajjanā. Nīvaraṇehi nivuto loko, avijjānīvaraṇā hi sabbe sattā. Yathāha bhagavā ‘‘sabbasattānaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbapāṇānaṃ sabbabhūtānaṃ pariyāyato ekameva nīvaraṇaṃ vadāmi yadidaṃ avijjā, avijjānīvaraṇā hi sabbe sattā. Sabbasova, bhikkhave, avijjāya nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā natthi sattānaṃ nīvaraṇanti vadāmī’’ti. Tena ca paṭhamassa padassa visajjanā yuttā.
“在“因何而不显”之问中,“因悭吝与放逸而不显”是回答。被诸盖所覆蔽之人,为之悭吝。悭吝,即所谓疑。他疑惑而不信解,不信解便不发起精进以断诸不善法、以实证诸善法。他于此随逐放逸而住,放逸者,诸白净法便不生起;既未生起,对他而言即不显现。正如世尊所说:”巴利
‘‘Kenassu nappakāsatī’’ti pañhe ‘‘vivicchā pamādā nappakāsatī’’ti visajjanā. Yo puggalo nīvaraṇehi nivuto, so vivicchati. Vivicchā nāma vuccati vicikicchā. So vicikicchanto nābhisaddahati, na abhisaddahanto vīriyaṃ nārabhati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya. So idhappamādamanuyutto viharati pamatto, sukke dhamme na uppādiyati, tassa te anuppādiyamānā nappakāsanti, yathāha bhagavā –
“ 善人虽处远方,亦昭然显现,如同雪山(Himavant) 之峰;”
不善者则于此隐没不现,犹如暗夜中射出的箭。
“ 他们以德行闪耀,以称誉与名声而光耀。”巴利
‘‘Dūre santo pakāsanti , himavantova pabbato; Asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā; Te guṇehi pakāsanti, kittiyā ca yasena cā’’ti.
由此,第二个句子便得到了恰当的答复。巴利
Tena ca dutiyassa padassa visajjanā yuttā.
“对于“你如何说‘涂染’?”这一问,答道:‘我说贪求是涂染。’贪求,即是渴爱。它如何能染着呢?正如世尊所说:”巴利
‘‘Kissābhilepanaṃ brūsī’’ti pañhe ‘‘jappābhilepanaṃ brūmī’’ti visajjanā. Jappā nāma vuccati taṇhā. Sā kathaṃ abhilimpati? Yathāha bhagavā –
“ 染着欲者,不知真义;染着欲者,不见正法;”
当人被贪欲征服时,那时便陷入深重的黑暗。巴利
‘‘Ratto atthaṃ na jānāti, ratto dhammaṃ na passati; Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ rāgo sahate nara’’nti.
对于这个渴爱浓厚、执取坚固的人,他如此这般地渴求,世间便在那里称为被染著;因此,第三句的回答是恰当的。巴利
Sāyaṃ taṇhā āsattibahulassa puggalassa ‘‘evaṃ abhijappā’’ti karitvā tattha loko abhilitto nāma bhavati, tena ca tatiyassa padassa visajjanā yuttā.
“对于“什么是它的大恐怖”这个问题,回答是:“苦是它的大恐怖。”苦有两种——身苦与心苦。身之苦是苦,心之苦是忧。一切众生皆畏惧苦,没有能与苦同等的怖畏,更何谈超过?有三种苦性:苦苦性、行苦性、坏苦性。世间偶尔能从苦苦解脱,也能从坏苦解脱。何以故?世间有少病、长寿的人。然而,唯有依无余涅槃界,世间才能从行苦解脱,因此行苦是世间的苦。所以说苦是它的大恐怖。由此,第四句的回答是恰当的。因此世尊这样说:‘世间被无明覆盖。’”巴利
‘‘Kiṃ su tassa mahabbhaya’’nti pañhe ‘‘dukkhamassa mahabbhaya’’nti visajjanā. Duvidhaṃ dukkhaṃ – kāyikañca cetasikañca. Yaṃ kāyikaṃ idaṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ cetasikaṃ idaṃ domanassaṃ. Sabbe sattā hi dukkhassa ubbijjanti, natthi bhayaṃ dukkhena samasamaṃ, kuto vā pana tassa uttaritaraṃ? Tisso dukkhatā – dukkhadukkhatā saṅkhāradukkhatā vipariṇāmadukkhatā. Tattha loko odhaso kadāci karahaci dukkhadukkhatāya muccati. Tathā vipariṇāmadukkhatāya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Honti loke appābādhāpi dīghāyukāpi. Saṅkhāradukkhatāya pana loko anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā muccati, tasmā saṅkhāradukkhatā dukkhaṃ lokassāti katvā dukkhamassa mahabbhayanti. Tena ca catutthassa padassa visajjanā yuttā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘avijjāya nivuto loko’’ti.
诸流遍处涌流——尊者阿吉达说道。
诸流以何为屏障?
请开示诸流的防护,以何而闭塞诸流?巴利
Savanti sabbadhi sotā, [iccāyasmā ajito,] Sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare .
这四个词,有人如此请问。它们其实包含了两个问题。何以故?因为它们是以“诸流”这一总称被提出的。当世间成就如此,当世间染污如此,什么是世间的清净与出离呢?他正是如此发问的。巴利
Imāni cattāri padāni pucchitāni. Te dve pañhā. Kasmā? Imehi batvādhivacanena pucchitā. Evaṃ samāpannassa lokassa evaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhassa kiṃ lokassa vodānaṃ vuṭṭhānamiti, evañhi āha.
未得定者,常为贪欲、嗔恚、放逸所充满,诸流便流溢而出。其中,贪欲即是贪不善根,嗔恚即是嗔不善根,放逸即是痴不善根。如此未得定者,于六处中,渴爱流转:色渴爱、声渴爱、香渴爱、味渴爱、触渴爱、法渴爱。正如世尊所说:巴利
Savanti sabbadhi sotā ti. Asamāhitassa savanti abhijjhābyāpādappamādabahulassa. Tattha yā abhijjhā ayaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ, yo byāpādo ayaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ, yo pamādo ayaṃ moho akusalamūlaṃ. Tassevaṃ asamāhitassa chasu āyatanesu taṇhā savanti rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā, yathāha bhagavā –
“诸比丘,此“流”即是对六内处的名称。眼遇可意之色便流注,遇不可意之色则触恼。耳……(中略)……鼻、舌、身、意,遇可意之法便流注,遇不可意之法则触恼。如此,一切处皆流,遍一切方所皆流。因此说:‘诸流从一切处流。’”巴利
‘‘Savatī’’ ti ca kho, bhikkhave, channetaṃ ajjhattikānaṃ āyatanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Cakkhu savati manāpikesu rūpesu, amanāpikesu paṭihaññatīti. Sotaṃ…pe… ghānaṃ… jivhā… kāyo… mano savati manāpikesu dhammesu amanāpikesu paṭihaññatīti. Iti sabbā ca savati, sabbathā ca savati. Tenāha ‘‘savanti sabbadhi sotā’’ti.
“何为诸流的防护?”此问是断除现起烦恼,此即清净。“请说诸流的防护,以何闭塞诸流?”此问是拔除随眠烦恼,此即出离。巴利
‘‘Sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇa’’nti pariyuṭṭhānavighātaṃ pucchati, idaṃ vodānaṃ. ‘‘Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare’’ti anusayasamugghātaṃ pucchati, idaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ.
对此,回答是——巴利
Tattha visajjanā –
“ 世间诸流,阿吉达!”世尊说:
念是它们的阻碍。
我说诸流的防护,凭慧而得以封闭。巴利
‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, [ajitāti bhagavā,] Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti.
当身至念已修习、多修习时,眼不为可意色所牵引,于不可意色亦不抗拒;耳……鼻……舌……身……意不为可意法所牵引,于不可意法亦不抗拒。是何因故?因诸根已得防护、已得守护。是什么令它们得防护、得守护?是念的守护。因此,世尊这样说:“念,即是它们的阻碍。”巴利
Kāyagatāya satiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya cakkhu nāviñchati manāpikesu rūpesu, amanāpikesu na paṭihaññati, sotaṃ…pe… ghānaṃ… jivhā… kāyo… mano nāviñchati manāpikesu dhammesu, amanāpikesu na paṭihaññati. Kena kāraṇena? Saṃvutanivāritattā indriyānaṃ . Kena te saṃvutanivāritā? Satiārakkhena. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘sati tesaṃ nivāraṇa’’nti.
凭借智慧,随眠得以断除;随眠断除后,现行的烦恼便断。何以故?因随眠已断。譬如有枝干之树,若被无余地连根拔除,花、果、叶、芽、嫩枝的相续即告彻底断绝。同样地,随眠既断,现行烦恼的相续便彻底断绝、关闭、遮蔽。以何遮蔽?以慧。因此世尊说:“凭慧,这些得以封闭。”巴利
Paññāya anusayā pahīyanti, anusayesu pahīnesu pariyuṭṭhānā pahīyanti. Kissa , anusayassa pahīnattā? Taṃ yathā khandhavantassa rukkhassa anavasesamūluddharaṇe kate pupphaphalapallavaṅkurasantati samucchinnā bhavati. Evaṃ anusayesu pahīnesu pariyuṭṭhānasantati samucchinnā bhavati pidahitā paṭicchannā. Kena? Paññāya. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti.
“ 慧与念,”尊者阿吉达说,
“ 以及名色,尊者,”
“ 我问你,请告诉我:它于何处灭尽?”
“ 阿吉达,你所问的这个问题,我今为你宣说;
在名与色无余灭尽之处——
由于识的息灭,这一切便就此止息。”巴利
‘‘Paññā ceva sati ca, [iccāyasmā ajito,] Nāmarūpañca mārisa; Etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti. ‘‘Yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi , ajita taṃ vadāmi te; Yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati; Viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.
这是在探问其中的关联。探问关联者所问为何?他问的是无余涅槃界。再者,苦、集、道这三谛是有为法、是灭尽之法;灭谛则是无为法。其中,集谛在两个阶段被断除:见地阶段与修习地阶段。由见地而断除三结:身见、疑、戒禁取。由修习地而断除七结:欲贪、瞋恚、色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明残余。这三界中的十种结,即分为五下分结和五上分结。巴利
Ayaṃ pañhe anusandhiṃ pucchati. Anusandhiṃ pucchanto kiṃ pucchati? Anupādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ. Tīṇi ca saccāni saṅkhatāni nirodhadhammāni dukkhaṃ samudayo maggo, nirodho asaṅkhato. Tattha samudayo dvīsu bhūmīsu pahīyati dassanabhūmiyā ca bhāvanābhūmiyā ca. Dassanena tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīyanti sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso, bhāvanāya satta saṃyojanāni pahīyanti kāmacchando byāpādo rūparāgo arūparāgo māno uddhaccaṃ avijjāvasesā . Tedhātuke imāni dasa saṃyojanāni pañcorambhāgiyāni pañcuddhambhāgiyāni.
12 在这当中,三结——身见、疑、戒禁取,依止未知当知根而灭。七结——欲贪、瞋恚、色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明残余,依止已知根而灭。然而,能如此了知“我生已尽”,这便是尽智;了知“不再有后有”,这便是无生智。这两种智属于具知根。其中,未知当知根与已知根,于证得最上果阿拉汉时灭尽;而尽智与无生智,这两智实为一慧。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha tīṇi saṃyojanāni sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya nirujjhanti. Satta saṃyojanāni kāmacchando byāpādo rūparāgo arūparāgo māno uddhaccaṃ avijjāvasesā aññindriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya nirujjhanti. Yaṃ pana evaṃ jānāti ‘‘khīṇā me jātī’’ti, idaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti pajānāti, idaṃ anuppāde ñāṇaṃ. Imāni dve ñāṇāni aññātāvindriyaṃ. Tattha yañca anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ yañca aññindriyaṃ, imāni aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇantassa nirujjhanti, tattha yañca khaye ñāṇaṃ yañca anuppāde ñāṇaṃ, imāni dve ñāṇāni ekapaññā.
再者,依所缘的约定而得两种名称:了知“我生已尽”者,得“尽智”之名;了知“不再有后有”者,得“无生智”之名。其中,以了知为义是慧,以随所观而不忘失为义是念。巴利
Api ca ārammaṇasaṅketena dve nāmāni labbhanti, ‘‘khīṇā me jātī’’ti pajānantassa khaye ñāṇanti nāmaṃ labhati, ‘‘nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti pajānantassa anuppāde ñāṇanti nāmaṃ labhati. Sā pajānanaṭṭhena paññā, yathādiṭṭhaṃ apilāpanaṭṭhena sati.
13 此中,五取蕴即是名色。彼中,以触为第五法的诸法,即是名;五根色,即是色。这名色二者与识相应——阿吉达尊者在《彼岸品》中询问世尊关于它的灭尽时,这样说道:巴利 注疏 1
Tattha ye pañcupādānakkhandhā, idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Tattha ye phassapañcamakā dhammā, idaṃ nāmaṃ. Yāni pañcindriyāni rūpāni, idaṃ rūpaṃ. Tadubhayaṃ nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇasampayuttaṃ tassa nirodhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pucchanto āyasmā ajito pārāyane evamāha –
“ 慧与念,以及名色,尊者,
此是我之所问,请为我解说:它于何处息灭?”巴利
‘‘Paññā ceva sati ca, nāmarūpañca mārisa; Etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.
其中,念与慧为四根:念有二根,即念根与定根;慧有二根,即慧根与精进根。对此四根的信赖与确信,即为信根。其中,以信为主导的心一境性,是欲定。于得定的心中,烦恼被镇伏的作用,或由思择之力,或由修习之力,这就是断除。其中,出入息、寻、伺、想、受、忆念与思惟,这些便是行。如此,前说之欲定、因烦恼镇伏而起的断除,以及这些行,合此二者,他修习具足欲定、精勤与行的神足,依于远离、依于离欲、依于息灭,而导向舍弃。其中,以精进为主导的心一境性,是勤定……其中,以心为主导的心一境性,是心定……其中,以观为主导的心一境性,是观定。于得定的心中,烦恼被镇伏的作用,或由思择之力,或由修习之力,这就是断除。其中,出入息、寻、伺、想、受、忆念与思惟,这些便是行。如此,前说之观定、因烦恼镇伏而起的断除,以及这些行,合此二者,他修习具足观定、精勤与行的神足,依于远离、依于离欲、依于息灭,而导向舍弃。巴利
Tattha sati ca paññā ca cattāri indriyāni, sati dve indriyāni satindriyañca samādhindriyañca, paññā dve indriyāni paññindriyañca vīriyindriyañca. Yā imesu catūsu indriyesu saddahanā okappanā, idaṃ saddhindriyaṃ. Tattha yā saddhādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ chandasamādhi. Samāhite citte kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanatāya paṭisaṅkhānabalena vā bhāvanābalena vā, idaṃ pahānaṃ. Tattha ye assāsapassāsā vitakkavicārā saññāvedayitā sarasaṅkappā, ime saṅkhārā. Iti purimako ca chandasamādhi, kilesavikkhambhanatāya ca pahānaṃ ime ca saṅkhārā, tadubhayaṃ chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. Tattha yā vīriyādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ vīriyasamādhi…pe… tattha yā cittādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ cittasamādhi…pe… tattha yā vīmaṃsādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhi. Samāhite citte kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanatāya paṭisaṅkhānabalena vā bhāvanābalena vā, idaṃ pahānaṃ. Tattha ye assāsapassāsā vitakkavicārā saññāvedayitā sarasaṅkappā, ime saṅkhārā. Iti purimako ca vīmaṃsāsamādhi, kilesavikkhambhanatāya ca pahānaṃ ime ca saṅkhārā, tadubhayaṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
14 一切定皆以智为根本,以智为前导,以智而随转。巴利 注疏 1
Sabbo samādhi ñāṇamūlako ñāṇapubbaṅgamo ñāṇānuparivatti.
过去如何,未来亦然;未来如何,过去亦然。
白昼如何,夜晚亦然;夜晚如何,白昼亦然。巴利
Yathā pure tathā pacchā, yathā pacchā tathā pure; Yathā divā tathā rattiṃ , yathā rattiṃ tathā divā.
如此,他以敞开、无遮蔽的心,修习充满光明的心。五根——信、精进、念、定、慧——是善的,与心相随而生:心生起时它们便生起,心息灭时它们便息灭。而名色以识为因、依识为缘而生起;其因被圣道截断,识无滋养、无喜贪、不再结生,便息灭了。名色亦无因无缘,不再生起新的后有。这样,由于识的息灭,慧、念与名色都息灭了。因此,世尊这样说:巴利
Iti vivaṭena cetasā apariyonaddhena sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ bhāveti. Pañcindriyāni kusalāni cittasahabhūni citte uppajjamāne uppajjanti, citte nirujjhamāne nirujjhanti. Nāmarūpañca viññāṇahetukaṃ viññāṇapaccayā nibbattaṃ, tassa maggena hetu upacchinno, viññāṇaṃ anāhāraṃ anabhinanditaṃ appaṭisandhikaṃ taṃ nirujjhati. Nāmarūpamapi ahetu appaccayaṃ punabbhavaṃ na nibbattayati . Evaṃ viññāṇassa nirodhā paññā ca sati ca nāmarūpañca nirujjhati. Tenāha bhagavā –
“ 阿吉达,你所问的这个问题,我今为你宣说;
在那里,名与色,彻底息灭,毫无残余;
由于识的息灭,这一切便就此止息。”
“ 那些已彻知诸法的人,”可敬的阿吉达这样说,
“ 以及这里的众多有学;
“ 我既被问及他们的行持,请智者、长者为我解说。”巴利
‘‘Yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, ajita taṃ vadāmi te; Yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati; Viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti. ‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, [iccāyasmā ajito] Ye ca sekkhā puthū idha; Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti.
15 此处所问的三句,即是三个问题。所问为何?所问者,乃结合以观为先导的断除,以辨别无学与有学。因他这样说道:“那些已彻知诸法的人”是问阿拉汉果;“以及此处众多的有学”是问有学;“他们各自的行持如何——智者、长者啊,请应我所问,为我解说”是问以观为先导的断除。巴利 注疏 1
Imāni tīṇi padāni pucchitāni, te tayo pañhā. Kissa? Sekhāsekhavipassanāpubbaṅgamappahānayogena, evañhi āha. ‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse’’ti arahattaṃ pucchati, ‘‘ye ca sekhā puthū idhā’’ti sekhaṃ pucchati, ‘‘tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti vipassanāpubbaṅgamaṃ pahānaṃ pucchati.
对此,回答如下:巴利
Tattha visajjanā –
“ 于感官欲乐,应不贪求,”——这是世尊对阿吉达所说——
“ 应使心意无浊。”
比丘当善巧于一切法,具念而游方。巴利
‘‘Kāmesu nābhigijjheyya, [ajitāti bhagavā] Manasānāvilo siyā; Kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti.
世尊的一切身业皆以智慧为先导、以智慧为随转;一切语业皆以智慧为先导、以智慧为随转;一切意业皆以智慧为先导、以智慧为随转。于过去分,他的智见无所障碍;于未来分,他的智见无所障碍;于现在分,他的智见无所障碍。巴利
Bhagavato sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ manokammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti. Atīte aṃse appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ, anāgate aṃse appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ, paccuppanne aṃse appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ.
什么是智见的障碍呢?对无常、苦、无我的无知与不见,这就是智见的障碍。好比有人能看见星星的形状,却无法依计数的规则来识别它们,这就是智见的障碍。巴利
Ko ca ñāṇadassanassa paṭighāto? Yaṃ anicce dukkhe anattani ca aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ, ayaṃ ñāṇadassanassa paṭighāto. Yathā idha puriso tārakarūpāni passeyya, no ca gaṇanasaṅketena jāneyya, ayaṃ ñāṇadassanassa paṭighāto.
而世尊则具有无碍的智见,因为诸佛世尊的智见本无遮障。于此,有学当在两种法上守护自心:对于可爱染之法,防护贪着;对于能令烦恼现起之法,防护嗔怒。对于这些欲求、迷恋、渴望、喜爱、嬉乐,世尊为了制止它们而这样说:“于诸欲乐不应贪求。”巴利
Bhagavato pana appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ, anāvaraṇañāṇadassanā hi buddhā bhagavanto. Tattha sekhena dvīsu dhammesu cittaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ gedhā ca rajanīyesu dhammesu, dosā ca pariyuṭṭhānīyesu. Tattha yā icchā mucchā patthanā piyāyanā kīḷanā, taṃ bhagavā nivārento evamāha ‘‘kāmesu nābhigijjheyyā’’ti.
“‘应令心意无浊’,这是为断除烦恼的现起而说。确实如此,有学比丘若贪求,便会使尚未生起的烦恼生起,并使已生起的烦恼增长。而那位心意无浊、不贪求且精勤之人,为令未生的恶不善法永不生起,便发起意欲、精勤、策励心、努力;为断除已生的恶不善法,便发起意欲、精勤、策励心、努力;为令未生的善法得以生起,便发起意欲、精勤、策励心、努力;为令已生的善法安住、不忘失、增长、广大、修习、圆满,便发起意欲、精勤、策励心、努力。”巴利
‘‘Manasānāvilo siyā’’ti pariyuṭṭhānavighātaṃ āha. Tathā hi sekho abhigijjhanto asamuppannañca kilesaṃ uppādeti, uppannañca kilesaṃ phātiṃ karoti. Yo pana anāvilasaṅkappo anabhigijjhanto vāyamati, so anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. So uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. So anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. So uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
16 什么是尚未生起的恶、不善法?贪寻、嗔寻、害寻——这些是尚未生起的恶、不善法。什么是已生起的恶、不善法?随眠与不善根——这些是已生起的恶、不善法。什么是尚未生起的善法?入流者所具备的那些根——这些是尚未生起的善法。什么是已生起的善法?第八位者所具备的那些根——这些是已生起的善法。巴利 注疏 1
Katame anuppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā? Kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko, ime anuppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā. Katame uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā? Anusayā akusalamūlāni, ime uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā. Katame anuppannā kusalā dhammā? Yāni sotāpannassa indriyāni, ime anuppannā kusalā dhammā. Katame uppannā kusalā dhammā? Yāni aṭṭhamakassa indriyāni, ime uppannā kusalā dhammā.
能制止贪欲寻思者,此即念根;能制止嗔恚寻思者,此即定根;能制止伤害寻思者,此即精进根。巴利
Yena kāmavitakkaṃ vāreti, idaṃ satindriyaṃ. Yena byāpādavitakkaṃ vāreti, idaṃ samādhindriyaṃ. Yena vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ vāreti, idaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ.
能对一再生起的诸恶不善法予以断除、驱散、消灭,令其不复存在、不再忍受者,此即慧根。对这四根怀有的信解与安立,此即信根。巴利
Yena uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti nādhivāseti, idaṃ paññindriyaṃ. Yā imesu catūsu indriyesu saddahanā okappanā, idaṃ saddhindriyaṃ.
于此,信根应于何处得见?应于四种入流支中得见。精进根应于何处得见?应于四种正勤中得见。念根应于何处得见?应于四种念处中得见。定根应于何处得见?应于四种禅那中得见。慧根应于何处得见?应于四种圣谛中得见。世尊正是以无浊之心,如此开示了有学由一切善法而不放逸的道理。因此,世尊这样说:“以心无浑浊”。巴利
Tattha saddhindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu. Vīriyindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu sammappadhānesu. Satindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu. Samādhindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu jhānesu. Paññindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu ariyasaccesu. Evaṃ sekho sabbehi kusalehi dhammehi appamatto vutto bhagavatā anāvilatāya manasā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘manasānāvilosiyā’’ti.
17 “善巧于一切法”中,“世界”有三种:烦恼世界、有世界、根世界。其中,由烦恼世界而有有世界生起;有世界又产生诸根;当诸根被修习时,便生起对所引导之法的遍知。这种遍知应以两种方式审察:见遍知与修遍知。确实,当有学彻底了知所应知时,便以伴随厌离的想与作意,遍知了所引导的法。他的两种法达到善巧,即见善巧与修善巧。巴利 注疏 1
‘‘Kusalo sabbadhammāna’’nti loko nāma tividho kilesaloko bhavaloko indriyaloko. Tattha kilesalokena bhavaloko samudāgacchati, so indriyāni nibbatteti, indriyesu bhāviyamānesu neyyassa pariññā bhavati. Sā duvidhena upaparikkhitabbā dassanapariññāya ca bhāvanāpariññāya ca. Yadā hi sekho ñeyyaṃ parijānāti, tadā nibbidāsahagatehi saññāmanasikārehi neyyaṃ pariññātaṃ bhavati. Tassa dve dhammā kosallaṃ gacchanti – dassanakosallañca bhāvanākosallañca.
那种智应以五种方式了知:证智、遍智、断除、修习、作证。其中,什么是证智?对诸法自相的了知,以及法的无碍解和义的无碍解,这就是证智。巴利
Taṃ ñāṇaṃ pañcavidhena veditabbaṃ abhiññā pariññā pahānaṃ bhāvanā sacchikiriyā. Tattha katamā abhiññā? Yaṃ dhammānaṃ salakkhaṇe ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā ca atthapaṭisambhidā ca, ayaṃ abhiññā.
其中,什么是遍知?如此了知后的圆满了解——“这是善,这是不善,这是有过,这是无过,这是黑,这是白,这是应亲近的,这是不应亲近的,这些法如此被把握,它们产生此果报;对于那些被如此把握的法,这就是它们的义理”——这就是遍知。巴利
Tattha katamā pariññā? Evaṃ abhijānitvā yā parijānanā ‘‘idaṃ kusalaṃ, idaṃ akusalaṃ, idaṃ sāvajjaṃ, idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ kaṇhaṃ, idaṃ sukkaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, ime dhammā evaṃgahitā, idaṃ phalaṃ nibbattenti , tesaṃ evaṃgahitānaṃ ayaṃ attho’’ti, ayaṃ pariññā.
如此遍知之后,有三种法留存:应舍断之法、应修习之法与应证得之法。其中,哪些法应当舍断?一切不善法。哪些法应当修习?一切善法。哪些法应当证得?无为法。若人如此了知,他便被称为义理善巧者、法善巧者、善性善巧者、果报善巧者,有利益善巧者、无利益善巧者、方便善巧者,具足广大善巧的人。因此,世尊这样说:“于一切法善巧。”巴利
Evaṃ parijānitvā tayo dhammā avasiṭṭhā bhavanti pahātabbā bhāvetabbā sacchikātabbā ca. Tattha katame dhammā pahātabbā? Ye akusalā. Tattha katame dhammā bhāvetabbā? Ye kusalā. Tattha katame dhammā sacchikātabbā? Yaṃ asaṅkhataṃ. Yo evaṃ jānāti ayaṃ vuccati atthakusalo dhammakusalo kalyāṇatākusalo phalatākusalo, āyakusalo apāyakusalo upāyakusalo mahatā kosallena samannāgatoti, tenāha bhagavā ‘‘kusalo sabbadhammāna’’nti.
“‘具念的比丘应游行’,意为:为了现法乐住,于前进行、返回行时,于前瞻、旁顾时,于屈伸肢体时,于执持桑喀帝、钵与衣时,于食、饮、嚼、尝时,于大小便利时,于行、住、坐、卧、眠、寤、语、默时,皆应依念与正知而安住。这两种行处是世尊所许可的:一种是已清净者的行处,一种是正清净者的行处。谁是已清净者?阿拉汉。谁是正清净者?有学。因为阿拉汉的诸根已作所作。至于觉了,有四种:以对苦的遍知通达、以对集的舍断通达、以对道的修习通达、以对灭的证得通达——这是四种觉了。若人如此了知,他便被称为:具念地前进、具念地返回,由于贪的灭尽、嗔的灭尽、痴的灭尽。因此世尊这样说:‘具念的比丘应游行。’”巴利
‘‘Sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti tena diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthaṃ abhikkante paṭikkante ālokite vilokite samiñjite pasārite saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe asite pīte khāyite sāyite uccārapassāvakamme gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhibhāve satena sampajānena vihātabbaṃ. Imā dve cariyā anuññātā bhagavatā ekā visuddhānaṃ, ekā visujjhantānaṃ. Ke visuddhā? Arahanto. Ke visujjhantā? Sekkhā. Katakiccāni hi arahato indriyāni. Yaṃ bojjhaṃ, taṃ catubbidhaṃ dukkhassa pariññābhisamayena samudayassa pahānābhisamayena maggassa bhāvanābhisamayena nirodhassa sacchikiriyābhisamayena, idaṃ catubbidhaṃ bojjhaṃ yo evaṃ jānāti, ayaṃ vuccati sato abhikkamati sato paṭikkamati khayā rāgassa khayā dosassa khayā mohassa. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti, tenāha –
“‘ 于诸欲不应贪着,阿吉达。’世尊这样说。
心意不应浑浊;
善巧于一切法,具念的比丘应游行。”巴利
‘‘Kāmesu nābhigijjheyya, [ajitāti bhagavā] Manasānāvilo siyā; Kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti.
应当如此问,应当如此答。经的结颂,义理与文句皆须相应。文句若脱离义理,便成无义之语。词句安立若不得当,义理亦难通达,是故应当以义理与文句相合的方式而结集持诵。还应审察经典:此经是直说,还是依于语境之说?是了义,还是不了义?属于杂染分、觉悟分,还是无学分?此经的一切真谛,应于何处得见——在开端、中间,还是结尾?应当如此审察经典。因此,玛哈咖佳亚那尊者说:“所问与所答,以及经的结颂。”巴利
Evaṃ pucchitabbaṃ, evaṃ visajjitabbaṃ. Suttassa ca anugīti atthato ca byañjanato ca samānetabbā . Atthāpagataṃ hi byañjanaṃ samphappalāpaṃ bhavati. Dunnikkhittassa padabyañjanassa atthopi dunnayo bhavati, tasmā atthabyañjanūpetaṃ saṅgāyitabbaṃ. Suttañca pavicinitabbaṃ. Kiṃ idaṃ suttaṃ āhacca vacanaṃ anusandhivacanaṃ nītatthaṃ neyyatthaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ? Kuhiṃ imassa suttassa sabbāni saccāni passitabbāni, ādimajjhapariyosāneti? Evaṃ suttaṃ pavicetabbaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano – ‘‘yaṃ pucchitañca vissajjitañca, suttassa yā ca anugītī’’ti.
已运用抉择理趣。巴利
Niyutto vicayo hāro.
3. 合理理趣分别巴利
3. Yuttihāravibhaṅgo
18 其中,什么是合理理趣?“一切理趣所属”,这就是合理理趣。它连接什么?四大教示:佛的教示、僧团的教示、众多长老的教示、一位长老的教示。这四种教示的文句,当引入经典,当在律中比照显示,当依于法性而安立。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo yuttihāro? ‘‘Sabbesaṃ hārāna’’nti, ayaṃ yuttihāro. Kiṃ yojayati ? Cattāro mahāpadesā buddhāpadeso saṅghāpadeso sambahulattherāpadeso ekattherāpadeso. Ime cattāro mahāpadesā, tāni padabyañjanāni sutte otārayitabbāni, vinaye sandassayitabbāni, dhammatāyaṃ upanikkhipitabbāni.
应归入哪一部经典?归入四圣谛。应在哪一部律中对照展示?应在调伏贪、调伏嗔、调伏痴的律中展示。应依于哪一法性而安立?依于缘起。若能与四圣谛相应,能于烦恼的调伏中显现,且不违逆法性,便不会生起诸漏。与四大教示相合——无论与哪一教示相合,以何种方式相合,怎样相合——都应采纳。巴利
Katamasmiṃ sutte otārayitabbāni? Catūsu ariyasaccesu. Katamasmiṃ vinaye sandassayitabbāni? Rāgavinaye dosavinaye mohavinaye. Katamissaṃ dhammatāyaṃ upanikkhipitabbāni? Paṭiccasamuppāde. Yadi catūsu ariyasaccesu avatarati, kilesavinaye sandissati , dhammatañca na vilometi, evaṃ āsave na janeti. Catūhi mahāpadesehi yaṃ yaṃ yujjati, yena yena yujjati, yathā yathā yujjati, taṃ taṃ gahetabbaṃ.
19 面对提问时,应逐词深入审察、辨析:若所有词句都指向同一意义,即是一个问题;若四个词句指向同一意义,亦是一个问题;若三个词句指向同一意义,亦是一个问题;若两个词句指向同一意义,亦是一个问题;若一个词句指向一个意义,同样也是一个问题。如此审察时,应当了知:这些法是意义各异、文句也各异,还是意义相同、仅文句有别?譬如那位天神向世尊提问那样。巴利 注疏 1
Pañhaṃ pucchitena kati padāni pañheti padaso pariyogāhitabbaṃ vicetabbaṃ? Yadi sabbāni padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho. Atha cattāri padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho. Atha tīṇi padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho. Atha dve padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho. Atha ekaṃ padaṃ ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadati, eko pañho. Taṃ upaparikkhamānena aññātabbaṃ kiṃ ime dhammā nānatthā nānābyañjanā, udāhu imesaṃ dhammānaṃ eko attho byañjanameva nānanti. Yathā kiṃ bhave? Yathā sā devatā bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchati.
“ 世间被什么遮蔽?被什么包围?
被何箭所贯穿?又常为什麽所熏灼?”巴利
‘‘Kenassubbhāhato loko, kenassu parivārito; Kena sallena otiṇṇo, kissa dhūpāyito sadā’’ti.
这四句是提问,而那三个问题又是如何被了知?因为世尊答复了那位天神。巴利
Imāni cattāri padāni pucchitāni. Te tayo pañhā kathaṃ ñāyati? Bhagavā hi devatāya visajjeti.
“ 世间为死亡所压制,被衰老紧紧包围;
为渴爱之箭所贯穿,恒为贪欲之烟所熏。”巴利
‘‘Maccunābbhāhato loko, jarāya parivārito; Taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, icchādhūpāyito sadā’’ti.
20 其中,衰老与死亡这二者,是有为法的有为特征。衰老是住立者的变异性,死亡则是坏灭。然而,衰老与死亡在意义上是有差别的。为何这样说?因为尚在母胎中的有情也会死去,但他们并未衰老;诸天神也有死亡,但他们的身体并不衰坏。对于衰老,或许还能设法补救;对于死亡,却无法补救,除非在具神通者的能力范围内。至于那句“为渴爱之箭所贯穿”,应看到离欲者也会衰老、也会死亡。如果衰老与死亡是怎样的,渴爱便也一定是怎样的——果真如此,则所有正值青春年华的人都应没有渴爱了。反之,如果如同渴爱是苦的集起那样,衰老与死亡也应是苦的集起;但实际上,衰老与死亡并非苦的集起,渴爱才是苦的集起。再者,如果如同渴爱是道所断那样,衰老与死亡也应是道所断。应当依循这样的理路,从种种相关的理由去探寻。如果发现某种说法在理路上成立,而在意义上仍有差异,则还应从文句上进一步审察。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha jarā ca maraṇañca imāni dve saṅkhatassa saṅkhatalakkhaṇāni. Jarāyaṃ ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ, maraṇaṃ vayo. Tattha jarāya ca maraṇassa ca atthato nānattaṃ. Kena kāraṇena, gabbhagatāpi hi mīyanti, na ca te jiṇṇā bhavanti. Atthi ca devānaṃ maraṇaṃ, na ca tesaṃ sarīrāni jīranti. Sakkateva jarāya paṭikammaṃ kātuṃ, na pana sakkate maraṇassa paṭikammaṃ kātuṃ aññatreva iddhimantānaṃ iddhivisayā. Yaṃ panāha taṇhāsallena otiṇṇoti dissanti vītarāgā jīrantāpi mīyantāpi. Yadi ca yathā jarāmaraṇaṃ, evaṃ taṇhāpi siyā. Evaṃ sante sabbe yobbanaṭṭhāpi vigatataṇhā siyuṃ. Yathā ca taṇhā dukkhassa samudayo, evaṃ jarāmaraṇampi siyā dukkhassa samudayo, na ca siyā taṇhā dukkhassa samudayo, na hi jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhassa samudayo, taṇhā dukkhassa samudayo. Yathā ca taṇhā maggavajjhā, evaṃ jarāmaraṇampi siyā maggavajjhaṃ. Imāya yuttiyā aññamaññehi kāraṇehi gavesitabbaṃ. Yadi ca sandissati yuttisamārūḷhaṃ atthato ca aññattaṃ, byañjanatopi gavesitabbaṃ.
或言“箭”,或言“烟熏”,这些法在意义上实为同一。因为贪欲与渴爱在意义上不可能有别。当渴爱的意愿不得满足时,便会在九种瞋怒事上生起忿与恨。依此理路可知,衰老、死亡与渴爱在意义上是有差别的。巴利
Salloti vā dhūpāyananti vā imesaṃ dhammānaṃ atthato ekattaṃ. Na hi yujjati icchāya ca taṇhāya ca atthato aññattaṃ. Taṇhāya adhippāye aparipūramāne navasu āghātavatthūsu kodho ca upanāho ca uppajjati. Imāya yuttiyā jarāya ca maraṇassa ca taṇhāya ca atthato aññattaṃ.
世尊于此处以两个名称称说它——既称为“欲望”,也称为“渴爱”。这是世尊基于外在事物的所缘,而以两个名称称说为“欲望”与“渴爱”。其实,一切渴爱皆以“执取”为特征,同具此一特征。譬如一切火皆以“热性”为特征,同具此一特征;然而,依于所缘的燃料不同,便获得种种不同的名称:木柴之火、草之火、柴爿之火、牛粪之火、谷壳之火、垃圾之火——归根到底,一切火无不具有热性的特征。同样地,一切渴爱皆以执取的特征而成为同一特征;然而,依于所缘、所依的差别,便被用种种名称称说:欲望、渴爱、箭、烟熏、流、黏着、爱著、疲累、蔓、妄想、结、希望、渴求、欢喜——如此,一切渴爱皆以执取的特征而成为同一特征。正如在同义词中所说那样。巴利
Yaṃ panidaṃ bhagavatā dvīhi nāmehi abhilapitaṃ icchātipi taṇhātipi, idaṃ bhagavatā bāhirānaṃ vatthūnaṃ ārammaṇavasena dvīhi nāmehi abhilapitaṃ icchātipi taṇhātipi, sabbā hi taṇhā ajjhosānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā. Yathā sabbo aggi uṇhattalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇo, api ca upādānavasena aññamaññāni nāmāni labhati, kaṭṭhaggītipi tiṇaggītipi sakalikaggītipi gomayaggītipi thusaggītipi saṅkāraggītipi, sabbo hi aggi uṇhattalakkhaṇova. Evaṃ sabbā taṇhā ajjhosānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā , api tu ārammaṇaupādānavasena aññamaññehi nāmehi abhilapitā icchāitipi taṇhāitipi salloitipi dhūpāyanāitipi saritāitipi visattikāitipi sinehoitipi kilamathoitipi latāitipi maññanāitipi bandhoitipi āsāitipi pipāsāitipi abhinandanāitipi, iti sabbā taṇhā ajjhosānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā. Yathā ca vevacane vuttā.
“ 渴望、贪求、喜悦,以及安住于种种界中的箭——这些已全都被我灭除。
“ 以无明为根源而生起的欲求,全都被我连根灭除。”巴利
‘‘Āsā ca pihā abhinandanā ca, anekadhātūsu sarā patiṭṭhitā; Aññāṇamūlappabhavā pajappitā, sabbā mayā byantikatā samūlakā’’ti .
此是渴爱的同义词。正如世尊所说:“若于色,贪未离、欲未离、爱未离、渴求未离、热恼未离……”于受、想、行、识,亦复如是。整部经文应如此广说。此是渴爱的同义词,如此乃为合理。巴利
Taṇhāyetaṃ vevacanaṃ. Yathāha bhagavā – rūpe tissa avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa. Evaṃ vedanāya saññāya saṅkhāresu viññāṇe avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa sabbaṃ suttaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Taṇhāyetaṃ vevacanaṃ. Evaṃ yujjati.
21 一切苦迫,皆以欲渴爱之行为为根本;然而,若谓一切厌离之行境皆以欲渴爱之资具为根本,则不合道理。应以此理,从种种彼此关联的因由中去探究。巴利 注疏 1
Sabbo dukkhūpacāro kāmataṇhāsaṅkhāramūlako, na pana yujjati sabbo nibbidūpacāro kāmataṇhāparikkhāramūlako. Imāya yuttiyā aññamaññehi kāraṇehi gavesitabbaṃ.
正如世尊对贪行人教导不净,对嗔行人教导慈心,对痴行人教导缘起。若世尊对贪行人教导慈心解脱,或教导乐行道钝根、乐行道利根,或以观为先行的断除,说法便不相应。是故,凡能随顺贪之断除、随顺嗔之断除、随顺痴之断除的一切法,皆应先用观察之纲审察,再以理趣之纲连接。这便是智的范围。巴利
Yathā hi bhagavā rāgacaritassa puggalassa asubhaṃ desayati, dosacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa mettaṃ desayati. Mohacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa paṭiccasamuppādaṃ desayati. Yadi hi bhagavā rāgacaritassa puggalassa mettaṃ cetovimuttiṃ deseyya. Sukhaṃ vā paṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññaṃ sukhaṃ vā paṭipadaṃ khippābhiññaṃ vipassanāpubbaṅgamaṃ vā pahānaṃ deseyya, na yujjati desanā. Evaṃ yaṃ kiñci rāgassa anulomappahānaṃ dosassa anulomappahānaṃ mohassa anulomappahānaṃ. Sabbaṃ taṃ vicayena hārena vicinitvā yuttihārena yojetabbaṃ. Yāvatikā ñāṇassa bhūmi.
若说“安住于慈的具念者,嗔恚将占据其心”,是不相应的说法;说“嗔恚将趋于断除”,才是相应的说法。若说“安住于悲的具念者,加害将占据其心”,是不相应的说法;说“加害将趋于断除”,才是相应的说法。若说“安住于喜的具念者,不乐将占据其心”,是不相应的说法;说“不乐将趋于断除”,才是相应的说法。若说“安住于舍的具念者,贪欲将占据其心”,是不相应的说法;说“贪欲将趋于断除”,才是相应的说法。若说“安住于无相的具念者,识将随逐相而流转”,是不相应的说法;说“相将趋于断除”,才是相应的说法。“‘我是’已灭,我不复随观‘这是我,我是’。”然而,若说“我到底是在其中?如何?”的疑惑,即疑惑之箭,将占据其心,是不相应的说法;说疑惑之箭将趋于断除,才是相应的说法。巴利
Mettāvihārissa sato byāpādo cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, byāpādo pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā. Karuṇāvihārissa sato vihesā cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, vihesā pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā. Muditā vihārissa sato arati cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, arati pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā. Upekkhāvihārissa sato rāgo cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, rāgo pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā. Animittavihārissa sato nimittānusārī tena teneva viññāṇaṃ pavattatīti na yujjati desanā , nimittaṃ pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā. Asmīti vigataṃ ayamahamasmīti na samanupassāmi. Atha ca pana me kismīti kathasmīti vicikicchā kathaṃkathāsallaṃ cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, vicikicchā kathaṃkathāsallaṃ pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā.
再者,对于已入初禅的具念者,若说“欲贪与嗔恚将转为殊胜”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为退减”,才是相应的说法。而伴随寻的那些想与作意,若说“它们将转为退减”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为殊胜”,才是相应的说法。对于已入第二禅的具念者,伴随寻与伺的想与作意,若说“它们将转为殊胜”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为退减”,才是相应的说法。而伴随舍与乐的想与作意,若说“它们将转为退减”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为殊胜”,才是相应的说法。对于已入第三禅的具念者,伴随喜与乐的想与作意,若说“它们将转为殊胜”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为退减”,才是相应的说法。而伴随舍、念与清净的想与作意,若说“它们将转为退减”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为殊胜”,才是相应的说法。对于已入第四禅的具念者,伴随舍的想与作意,若说“它们将转为殊胜”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为退减”,才是相应的说法。而伴随空无边处的想与作意,若说“它们将转为退减”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为殊胜”,才是相应的说法。巴利
Yathā vā pana paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato kāmarāgabyāpādā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Vitakkasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato vitakkavicārasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Upekkhāsukhasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato pītisukhasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā, upekkhāsatipārisuddhisahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā . Ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
对于已入空无边处的具念者,伴随色的想与作意,若说“它们将转为殊胜”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为退减”,才是相应的说法。而伴随识无边处的想与作意,若说“它们将转为退减”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为殊胜”,才是相应的说法。对于已入识无边处的具念者,伴随空无边处的想与作意,若说“它们将转为殊胜”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为退减”,才是相应的说法。而伴随无所有处的想与作意,若说“它们将转为退减”,是不相应的说法;说“它们将转为殊胜”,才是相应的说法。巴利
Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
对于住于无所有处者,伴随识无边处的想与作意,若说能令其增进,则不相应;若说能令其退减,方为相应。伴随非想非非想处的想与作意,若说能令其退减,则不相应;若说能令其增进,方为相应。对于住于非想非非想处者,那些想的活动,若说能令其增进,则不相应;若说能令其退减,方为相应。伴随想受灭的想与作意,若说能令其退减,则不相应;若说能令其增进,方为相应。说已修习至柔顺之心尚不能转向,这不相应;说已修习至柔顺之心此时已能转向,方为相应。巴利
Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato saññūpacārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Saññāvedayitanirodhasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā. Kallatāparicitaṃ cittaṃ na ca abhinīhāraṃ khamatīti na yujjati desanā, kallatāparicitaṃ cittaṃ atha ca abhinīhāraṃ khamatīti yujjati desanā.
如是,一切九分教,皆当依于法、依于律、依于大师的教诫,先以抉择理趣从一切方面审察,再以合理理趣加以联结。因此,尊者玛哈咖佳亚那说:“一切项链法所摄之范围与行境……”巴利
Evaṃ sabbe navasuttantā yathādhammaṃ yathāvinayaṃ yathāsatthusāsanaṃ sabbato vicayena hārena vicinitvā yuttihārena yojetabbāti. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘sabbesaṃ hārānaṃ yā bhūmi yo ca gocaro tesa’’nti.
已运用合理理趣。巴利
Niyutto yutti hāro.
4. 足处理趣分别巴利
4. Padaṭṭhānahāravibhaṅgo
22 其中,什么是足处理趣?“胜者宣说法”,这就是足处理趣。他宣说什么?不能通达一切法真实性的无明,其相正是不能通达一切法真实性,它的立足处是颠倒。执取为相的渴爱,它的立足处是可爱之相、可乐之相。希求为相的贪,它的立足处是不与取。执取颜色、形状、细节为相的净想,它的立足处是根不律仪。与有漏之触相应为相的乐想,它的立足处是味。不能如实观察诸有为法之有为相为相的常想,它的立足处是识。不能观察无常想、苦想为相的我想,它的立足处是名身。通达一切法为相的明,它的立足处是一切所应知。收摄心之散乱为相的止,它的立足处是不净。收摄对欲界欲求为相的无贪,它的立足处是离不与取。无恼害为相的无嗔,它的立足处是离杀生。不违逆事物本性为相的无痴,它的立足处是正行。执取青瘀、肿胀为相的不净想,它的立足处是厌离。遍知与有漏之触为相的苦想,它的立足处是受。观察诸有为法之有为相为相的无常想,它的立足处是生灭。不执著一切法为相的无我想,它的立足处是法想。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? ‘‘Dhammaṃ deseti jino’’ti, ayaṃ padaṭṭhāno hāro. Kiṃ deseti? Sabbadhammayāthāvaasampaṭivedhalakkhaṇā avijjā, tassā vipallāsā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ajjhosānalakkhaṇā taṇhā, tassā piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Patthanalakkhaṇo lobho, tassa adinnādānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vaṇṇasaṇṭhānabyañjanaggahaṇalakkhaṇā subhasaññā, tassā indriyā saṃvaro padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sāsavaphassaupagamanalakkhaṇā sukhasaññā, tassā assādo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṅkhatalakkhaṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ asamanupassanalakkhaṇā niccasaññā, tassā viññāṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Aniccasaññādukkhasaññāasamanupassanalakkhaṇā attasaññā, tassā nāmakāyo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabbadhammasampaṭivedhalakkhaṇā vijjā, tassā sabbaṃ neyyaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Cittavikkhepapaṭisaṃharaṇalakkhaṇo samatho, tassa asubhā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Icchāvacarapaṭisaṃharaṇalakkhaṇo alobho, tassa adinnādānā veramaṇī padaṭṭhānaṃ. Abyāpajjalakkhaṇo adoso, tassa pāṇātipātā veramaṇī padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vatthuavippaṭipattilakkhaṇo amoho, tassa sammāpaṭipatti padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vinīlakavipubbakagahaṇalakkhaṇā asubhasaññā, tassā nibbidā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sāsavaphassaparijānanalakkhaṇā dukkhasaññā, tassā vedanā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṅkhatalakkhaṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ samanupassanalakkhaṇā aniccasaññā , tassā uppādavayā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabbadhammaabhinivesalakkhaṇā anattasaññā, tassā dhammasaññā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
五种欲乐是欲贪的立足处;五种有色根是色贪的立足处;第六处是有贪的立足处;观察已生起之有,是五取蕴的立足处;随念过去生,是宿命智见的立足处。信,以信受为相,现起为胜解;净信,以不浑浊为相,现起为澄净。信,以胜求为相,它的立足处是不可动摇的净信。净信,以不浑浊为相,它的立足处是信。精进,以策励为相,它的立足处是正勤。念,以不漂浮为相,它的立足处是念处。定,以一境性为相,它的立足处是诸禅那。慧,以了知为相,它的立足处是诸谛。巴利
Pañca kāmaguṇā kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, pañcindriyāni rūpīni rūparāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, chaṭṭhāyatanaṃ bhavarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, nibbattabhavānupassitā pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Okappanalakkhaṇā saddhā adhimuttipaccupaṭṭhānā ca, anāvilalakkhaṇo pasādo sampasīdanapaccupaṭṭhāno ca. Abhipatthiyanalakkhaṇā saddhā, tassā aveccapasādo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Anāvilalakkhaṇo pasādo, tassa saddhā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ārambhalakkhaṇaṃ vīriyaṃ, tassa sammappadhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Apilāpanalakkhaṇā sati, tassā satipaṭṭhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ekaggalakkhaṇo samādhi, tassa jhānāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pajānanalakkhaṇā paññā, tassā saccāni padaṭṭhānaṃ.
另一种方式:以留意乐味为相,此即不如理作意,它以无明为立足处。以导致对诸谛的迷惑为相,此即无明,它是诸行的立足处。以促使再生萌芽为相,此即诸行,它们是识的立足处。以依缘而转起为相,此即识,它是名色的立足处。以名身与色身的聚合为相,此即名色,它是六处的立足处。以确立诸根为相,此即六处,它是触的立足处。以眼、色、识三者和合为相,此即触,它是受的立足处。以体验可意、不可意为相,此即受,它是渴爱的立足处。以坚执为相,此即渴爱,它是取的立足处。取依缘而起,它是有的立足处。以名身与色身的产生为相,此即“有”,它是“生”的立足处。以诸蕴的显现为相,此即生,它是老的立足处。以生命根基的成熟与衰败为相,此即老,它是死的立足处。以命根断绝为相,此即死,它是忧的立足处。忧能引发焦虑不安,它是悲的立足处。悲能引致哭泣哀嚎,它是苦的立足处。令身体感受逼迫的是苦,它是忧的立足处。令心感受逼迫的是忧,它是恼的立足处。恼能导致极度沉闷,它是有(再生)的立足处。当这些“有”的支分和合而生起时,那便是“有”,它是轮回的立足处。以导向出离为相,此即道,它是灭的立足处。巴利
Aparo nayo, assādamanasikāralakkhaṇo ayonisomanasikāro, tassa avijjā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saccasammohanalakkhaṇā avijjā, sā saṅkhārānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Punabbhavavirohaṇalakkhaṇā saṅkhārā, te viññāṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Opapaccayikanibbattilakkhaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ, taṃ nāmarūpassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmakāyarūpakāyasaṅghātalakkhaṇaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, taṃ chaḷāyatanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Indriyavavatthānalakkhaṇaṃ chaḷāyatanaṃ, taṃ phassassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Cakkhurūpaviññāṇasannipātalakkhaṇo phasso, so vedanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Iṭṭhāniṭṭhaanubhavanalakkhaṇā vedanā, sā taṇhāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ajjhosānalakkhaṇā taṇhā, sā upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Opapaccayikaṃ upādānaṃ, taṃ bhavassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmakāyarūpakāyasambhavanalakkhaṇo bhavo, so jātiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Khandhapātubhavanalakkhaṇā jāti, sā jarāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Upadhiparipākalakkhaṇā jarā, sā maraṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Jīvitindriyupacchedalakkhaṇaṃ maraṇaṃ, taṃ sokassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ussukkakārako soko, so paridevassa padaṭṭhānaṃ . Lālappakārako paridevo, so dukkhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāyasaṃpīḷanaṃ dukkhaṃ, taṃ domanassassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Cittasaṃpīḷanaṃ domanassaṃ, taṃ upāyāsassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Odahanakārako upāyāso, so bhavassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Imāni bhavaṅgāni yadā samaggāni nibbattāni bhavanti so bhavo, taṃ saṃsārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Niyyānikalakkhaṇo maggo, so nirodhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
辨知场合为辨知饮用量的立足处,辨知饮用量为辨知饱足量的立足处,辨知饱足量为自我认知的立足处,自我认知为过去所累积福德的立足处,过去所累积的福德为居住于适宜地方的立足处,居住于适宜地方为亲近善士的立足处,亲近善士为自我正确立志的立足处,自我正确立志为诸戒的立足处,诸戒为不追悔的立足处,不追悔为喜悦的立足处,喜悦为喜的立足处,喜为轻安的立足处,轻安为乐的立足处,乐为定的立足处,定为如实知见的立足处,如实知见为厌离的立足处,厌离为离欲的立足处,离欲为解脱的立足处,解脱为解脱知见的立足处。如此,一切亲近依止、一切缘,皆是其立足处。是故,尊者玛哈咖佳亚那说:“胜利者宣说教法。”巴利
Titthaññutā pītaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pītaññutā pattaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pattaññutā attaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, attaññutā pubbekatapuññatāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pubbekatapuññatā patirūpadesavāsassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, patirūpadesavāso sappurisūpanissayassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sappurisūpanissayo attasammāpaṇidhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ sīlānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sīlāni avippaṭisārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, avippaṭisāro pāmojjassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, pāmojjaṃ pītiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, pīti passaddhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, passaddhi sukhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sukhaṃ samādhissa padaṭṭhānaṃ, samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, nibbidā virāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, virāgo vimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Evaṃ yo koci upanissayo yo koci paccayo, sabbo so padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘dhammaṃ deseti jino’’ti.
已运用足处理趣。巴利
Niyutto padaṭṭhāno hāro.
5. 特相理趣分别巴利
5. Lakkhaṇahāravibhaṅgo
23 其中,什么是特相理趣?“若有一法被宣说”,这就是特相理趣。它以何相显示呢?凡具有同一特征的法,当其中一法被宣说时,其余诸法便也随之被宣说。这好比什么呢?正如世尊所说——巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? ‘‘Vuttamhi ekadhamme’’ti, ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro. Kiṃ lakkhayati? Ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ ekasmiṃ dhamme vutte avasiṭṭhā dhammā vuttā bhavanti. Yathā kiṃ bhave? Yathāha bhagavā –
“诸比丘,眼是不安住的、转瞬即逝的、微小的、易坏的,如怨敌般是苦,是灾祸,是动摇,是火坑,是有为行,是杀手,如在敌阵之中。”当这“眼”被宣说时,其余的诸内处便也随之被宣说。是什么原因呢?因为一切六内处,以“杀手”这一含义,具有相同的特征。又如世尊所说——巴利
‘‘Cakkhuṃ , bhikkhave, anavaṭṭhitaṃ ittaraṃ parittaṃ pabhaṅgu parato dukkhaṃ byasanaṃ calanaṃ kukkuḷaṃ saṅkhāraṃ vadhakaṃ amittamajjhe. Imasmiṃ cakkhusmiṃ vutte avasiṭṭhāni ajjhattikāni āyatanāni vuttāni bhavanti. Kena kāraṇena? Sabbāni hi cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni vadhakaṭṭhena ekalakkhaṇāni. Yathā cāha bhagavā –
“拉特(Rādha) ,对于过去的色,你应无所期盼;对于未来的色,不应生起欢喜;对于现在的色,当为厌离、离欲、灭尽、舍断、彻底舍弃而修习。”当这色蕴被宣说时,其余诸蕴也便随之被宣说了。原因何在?因为在《亚摩迦教导经》中,一切五蕴皆依“杀手”之义而被说为具有同一特征。又如世尊所说——巴利
‘‘Atīte , rādha, rūpe anapekkho hohi, anāgataṃ rūpaṃ mā abhinandi , paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya cāgāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipajja. Imasmiṃ rūpakkhandhe vutte avasiṭṭhā khandhā vuttā bhavanti. Kena kāraṇena? Sabbe hi pañcakkhandhā yamakovādasutte vadhakaṭṭhena ekalakkhaṇā vuttā. Yathā cāha bhagavā –
“ 那些善巧地、恒常不断地修习身至念的人……
他们不做不当做之事,对应做之事,恒常精勤。”巴利
‘‘Yesañca susamāraddhā, niccaṃ kāyagatāsati; Akiccaṃ te na sevanti, kicce sātaccakārino’’.
如此,在宣说身至念时,受至念、心至念、法至念也一并被宣说。同样地,在说到“任何所见、所闻、所感”时,所认知的也一并被说到。正如世尊所说——巴利
Iti kāyagatāya satiyā vuttāya vuttā bhavanti vedanāgatā sati cittagatā dhammagatā ca. Tathā yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā mutaṃ vāti vutte vuttaṃ bhavati viññātaṃ. Yathā cāha bhagavā –
因此,比丘,你应当这样安住:于身随观身,精勤、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪欲与忧恼。其中,“精勤”即精进根,“正知”即智慧根,“具念”即念根,“调伏世间的贪欲与忧恼”即定根。若能如此于身随观身而安住,四种念处的修习便能达至圆满。这是什么原因呢?因为四根具有同一特质。巴利
Tasmātiha tvaṃ bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharāhi ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. ‘‘Ātāpī’’ti vīriyindriyaṃ, ‘‘sampajāno’’ti paññindriyaṃ, ‘‘satimā’’ti satindriyaṃ, ‘‘vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassa’’nti samādhindriyaṃ, evaṃ kāye kāyānupassino viharato cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Kena kāraṇena, ekalakkhaṇattā catunnaṃ indriyānaṃ.
24 修习四念处时,四正勤的修习即得圆满;修习四正勤时,四神足的修习即得圆满;修习四神足时,五根的修习即得圆满;修习五根时,五力的修习即得圆满;修习五力时,七觉支的修习即得圆满;修习七觉支时,圣八支道的修习即得圆满。一切属于觉悟范畴、为觉悟之助伴的法,其修习皆得圆满。这是什么缘故呢?因为这一切属于觉悟范畴、为觉悟之助伴的法,皆以导向出离为其特质,同具一味。正因其特质同一,修习方得圆满。巴利 注疏 1
Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, catūsu sammappadhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro iddhipādā bhāviyamānesu pañcindriyāni bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, catūsu iddhipādesu bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, pañcasu indriyesu bhāviyamānesu pañca balāni bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, pañcasu balesu bhāviyamānesu satta bojjhaṅgā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, sattasu bojjhaṅgesu bhāviyamānesu ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati, sabbeva bodhaṅgamā dhammā bodhipakkhiyā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti . Kena kāraṇena, sabbe hi bodhaṅgamā bodhipakkhiyā neyyānikalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā, te ekalakkhaṇattā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
同样地,不善法也由于同一特相,得以被彻底断除、不复存在。当修习四念处时,种种颠倒想便被断除;他的诸食得以遍知;对诸执取,他成为无所执取;从诸结缚中解脱,从诸系着中脱离,成为无诸漏者,渡过诸暴流,拔除诸毒箭;他的种种识住得以遍知;于四种非行处,他不堕入其中。如此,不善法也由于同一特相,得以被彻底断除、不复存在。巴利
Evaṃ akusalāpi dhammā ekalakkhaṇattā pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu bhāviyamānesu vipallāsā pahīyanti, āhārā cassa pariññaṃ gacchanti, upādānehi anupādāno bhavati, yogehi ca visaṃyutto bhavati, ganthehi ca vippayutto bhavati, āsavehi ca anāsavo bhavati, oghehi ca nitthiṇṇo bhavati, sallehi ca visallo bhavati, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo cassa pariññaṃ gacchanti, agatigamanehi na agatiṃ gacchati, evaṃ akusalāpi dhammā ekalakkhaṇattā pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.
再者,于何处宣说色根,即于彼处宣说了色界、色蕴与色处。于何处宣说乐受,即于彼处宣说了乐根、喜根与苦集圣谛。于何处宣说苦受,即于彼处宣说了苦根、忧根与苦圣谛。于何处宣说不苦不乐受,即于彼处宣说了舍根与整个缘起。是什么缘故呢?因为于不苦不乐受中,有随眠的无明。以无明为缘,诸行生起;以诸行为缘,识生起;以识为缘,名色生起;以名色为缘,六处生起;以六处为缘,触生起;以触为缘,受生起;以受为缘,渴爱生起;以渴爱为缘,取生起;以取为缘,有生起;以有为缘,生生起;以生为缘,老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼便一同生起。如此,这整个苦蕴的集起便现前了。而这整个纯粹的苦蕴,应以有贪、有嗔、有痴的杂染分来舍断,也应以离贪、离嗔、离痴的圣法来舍断。巴利
Yattha vā pana rūpindriyaṃ desitaṃ, desitā tattheva rūpadhātu rūpakkhandho rūpañcāyatanaṃ. Yattha vā pana sukhā vedanā desitā, desitaṃ tattha sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ dukkhasamudayo ca ariyasaccaṃ. Yattha vā pana dukkhā vedanā desitā, desitaṃ tattha dukkhindriyaṃ domanassindriyaṃ dukkhañca ariyasaccaṃ. Yattha vā pana adukkhamasukhā vedanā desitā, desitaṃ tattha upekkhindriyaṃ sabbo ca paṭiccasamuppādo. Kena kāraṇena, adukkhamasukhāya hi vedanāya avijjā anuseti. Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti, evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. So ca sarāgasadosasamohasaṃkilesapakkhena hātabbo, vītarāgavītadosavītamohaariyadhammehi hātabbo.
如是,那些在作用上、特相上、共通性上以及死生流转上具有同一征相的诸法,当其中一法被宣说时,其余诸法即已被宣说。因此,玛哈咖佳亚那尊者说:“于一说中,一法既已说时。”巴利
Evaṃ ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā kiccato ca lakkhaṇato ca sāmaññato ca cutūpapātato ca, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ ekasmiṃ dhamme vutte avasiṭṭhā dhammā vuttā bhavanti. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘vuttamhi ekadhamme’’ti.
已运用特相理趣。巴利
Niyutto lakkhaṇo hāro.
6. 四阵列理趣分别巴利
6. Catubyūhahāravibhaṅgo
25 其中,什么是四阵列理趣?即“语源与意趣”这一项。应从文句探求经典的语源、意趣、起源及前后衔接。其中,什么是语源?即与语源句相应的部分,也就是依于名称而对诸法所生的智慧。若比丘了知义之名与法之名,便能依此安立与引导。这样的人称为:于义善巧、于法善巧、于文句善巧、于语源善巧、于前后关联善巧、于教说善巧、于过去时的表达方式善巧、于未来时的表达方式善巧、于现在时的表达方式善巧、于阴性表达方式善巧、于阳性表达方式善巧、于中性表达方式善巧、于单数表达方式善巧、于复数表达方式善巧。如是,一切方言及一切方言的表达,皆当如此掌握。这便是与语源句相应的部分。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? ‘‘Neruttamadhippāyo’’ti ayaṃ. Byañjanena suttassa neruttañca adhippāyo ca nidānañca pubbāparasandhi ca gavesitabbo . Tattha katamaṃ neruttaṃ, yā niruttipadasaṃhitā, yaṃ dhammānaṃ nāmaso ñāṇaṃ. Yadā hi bhikkhu atthassa ca nāmaṃ jānāti, dhammassa ca nāmaṃ jānāti, tathā tathā naṃ abhiniropeti. Ayañca vuccati atthakusalo dhammakusalo byañjanakusalo niruttikusalo pubbāparakusalo desanākusalo atītādhivacanakusalo anāgatādhivacanakusalo paccuppannādhivacanakusalo itthādhivacanakusalo purisādhivacanakusalo napuṃsakādhivacanakusalo ekādhivacanakusalo anekādhivacanakusalo, evaṃ sabbāni kātabbāni janapadaniruttāni sabbā ca janapadaniruttiyo. Ayaṃ niruttipadasaṃhitā.
26 其中,何谓意趣?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo adhippāyo?
“‘ 法实护持修法者,犹如雨季大伞盖;
这便是善修正法的利益:修法者不堕恶趣。’巴利
‘‘Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, chattaṃ mahantaṃ yatha vassakāle ; Esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī’’ti.
此处,世尊的意趣为何?那些想要从恶道中解脱的人,他们将行于法——这便是世尊于此处的意趣。巴利
Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye apāyehi parimuccitukāmā bhavissanti, te dhammacārino bhavissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.
“ 犹如盗贼在破门处被擒,因自己的业而被杀、被缚;
如是,此众生死后,于他世,亦被自己的业所杀、所缚。”巴利
‘‘Coro yathā sandhimukhe gahīto, sakammunā haññati bajjhate ca; Evaṃ ayaṃ pecca pajā parattha, sakammunā haññati bajjhate cā’’ti.
世尊在此的意趣是什么?那些因思而生、已造作、已积集的业,当它们成熟带来苦受时,必将领受不可爱、不可意的果报——这便是世尊在此的意趣。巴利
Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Sañcetanikānaṃ katānaṃ kammānaṃ upacitānaṃ dukkhavedanīyānaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ asātaṃ vipākaṃ paccanubhavissatīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.
“ 众生皆希求安乐,若有人以棍棒加以伤害,
只为自己寻求快乐的人,命终之后不能获得快乐。”巴利
‘‘Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati; Attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukha’’nti.
世尊于此的用意是什么?那些希求安乐者,便不会造作恶业——此即世尊于此的用意。巴利
Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sukhena atthikā bhavissanti, te pāpakammaṃ na karissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.
“ 当人昏沉、贪食、嗜于睡眠,辗转翻覆而卧;
犹如被饲料喂肥的大猪,愚者一再入于母胎。”巴利
‘‘Middhī yadā hoti mahagghaso ca, niddāyitā samparivattasāyī; Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, punappunaṃ gabbhamupeti mando’’ti.
在此,世尊的意趣是什么呢?那些希望厌离老死的人,在饮食上便会知量,守护根门,于初夜后夜勤修觉寤,修习观照,并且对善法、对同梵行者中的上座、新学与中等者,内心常怀恭敬——这便是世尊在此的意趣所在。巴利
Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye jarāmaraṇena aṭṭiyitukāmā bhavissanti, te bhavissanti bhojane mattaññuno indriyesu guttadvārā pubbarattāpararattaṃ jāgariyānuyogamanuyuttā vipassakā kusalesu dhammesu sagāravā ca sabrahmacārīsu theresu navesu majjhimesūti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.
“ 不放逸,即不死之境界;放逸,即死亡之境界;
“ 不放逸者不死,放逸者犹如已死。”巴利
‘‘Appamādo amatapadaṃ , pamādo maccuno padaṃ; Appamattā na mīyanti, ye pamattā yathā matā’’ti.
在此,世尊的意趣是什么?凡是希望寻求甘露的人,都将以不放逸而安住——这是世尊于此的意趣。这便是意趣。巴利
Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye amatapariyesanaṃ pariyesitukāmā bhavissanti, te appamattā viharissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ayaṃ adhippāyo.
27 其中,什么是因缘?就如那位牧牛人特尼亚(Dhaniya) 对世尊这样说:巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamaṃ nidānaṃ? Yathā so dhaniyo gopālako bhagavantaṃ āha –
“ 有子女的人因子女而欢喜,有牛的人同样因牛群而欢喜;
因为依着确实是人们欢喜的根源,但无所依着的人,则不这样欢喜。”巴利
‘‘Nandati puttehi puttimā, gomā gohi tatheva nandati; Upadhī hi narassa nandanā, na hi so nandati yo nirūpadhī’’ti.
“ 有子女的人为子女而忧愁,牧牛者同样为牛群而忧愁;
依著确为人之忧源,而无依著者,则不会这般忧愁。”巴利
‘‘Socati puttehi puttimā, gopiko gohi tatheva socati; Upadhī hi narassa socanā, na hi so socati yo nirūpadhī’’ti.
由此事,由此因缘,可以这样了知:“在此,世尊说:外在的执取即是依着。” 就像恶魔波旬从灵鹫山(Gijjhakūṭa) 推落巨石时,世尊所说——巴利
Iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā bāhiraṃ pariggahaṃ upadhi āhā’’ti. Yathā ca māro pāpimā gijjhakūṭā pabbatā puthusilaṃ pātesi, bhagavā āha –
“ 即使你把整座灵鹫山全都摇撼震动,
正解脱者、诸佛陀,毫无动摇。
纵使天空碎裂,大地震动,一切众生惊恐不安;巴利
‘‘Sacepi kevalaṃ sabbaṃ, gijjhakūṭaṃ calessasi ; Neva sammāvimuttānaṃ, buddhānaṃ atthi iñjitaṃ. Nabhaṃ phaleyyappathavī caleyya, sabbeva pāṇā uda santaseyyuṃ;
纵使利箭射穿胸膛,佛陀们也不以依着为庇护。”巴利
Sallampi ce urasi kampayeyyuṃ , upadhīsu tāṇaṃ na karonti buddhā’’ti.
以此事、以此因缘,可如是了知:“世尊于此将身体说为依着。”又如所说——巴利
Iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā kāyaṃ upadhiṃ āhā’’ti. Yathā cāha –
“ 智者说,那铁、木、草所成之结缚,并非坚固的束缚;
深心染着于宝石耳环、于子女妻子的期盼与顾恋,方是真正坚固之缚。”巴利
‘‘Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, yadāyasaṃ dārujapabbajañca ; Sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā’’ti.
依此事、此因缘,即可了知:“世尊于此指出了对外在事物的渴爱。”又如所说——巴利
Iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā bāhiresu vatthūsu taṇhaṃ āhā’’ti. Yathā cāha –
“ 智者们称此为坚固的束缚,它令人沉沦,看似松弛,却难以挣脱。
断除它后,他们便无所期盼,舍离欲乐,出家游方。”巴利
‘‘Etaṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñcaṃ; Etampi chetvāna paribbajanti, anapekkhino kāmasukhaṃ pahāyā’’ti.
由此事、由此因缘,可得如是知:“在此,世尊教示了对外在事物之渴爱的断除。”又如说——巴利
Iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā bāhiravatthukāya taṇhāya pahānaṃ āhā’’ti. Yathā cāha –
“ 病弱、不净、腐坏而恶臭,依于身体而住,
日夜流溢,这正是愚人所喜爱的。”巴利
‘‘Āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ, duggandhaṃ dehanissitaṃ; Paggharantaṃ divā rattiṃ, bālānaṃ abhinandita’’nti.
以此事、以此因缘,应如此了知:“于此,世尊宣说了舍断依内所依的渴爱。”正如所说——巴利
Iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā ajjhattikavatthukāya taṇhāya pahānaṃ āhā’’ti. Yathā cāha –
“ 拔除你自己的爱染,如同用手掐取秋天的莲花;
专务寂静之道,那是善逝教导的涅槃。”巴利
‘‘Ucchinda sinehamattano, kumudaṃ sāradikaṃva pāṇinā; Santimaggameva brūhaya, nibbānaṃ sugatena desita’’nti.
依此事、此因缘,当如是了知:“于此,世尊宣说了对依内在事物而生的渴爱的舍断。”此为因缘。巴利
Iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati ‘‘idha bhagavā ajjhattikavatthukāya taṇhāya pahānaṃ āhā’’ti. Idaṃ nidānaṃ.
其中,何为前后衔接?如所说:巴利
Tattha katamo pubbāparasandhi. Yathāha –
“ 为欲所蒙蔽,为网所覆盖,为渴爱的覆障所遮蔽;
为放逸之缚所系,犹如鱼入鱼篰之口;
他们随逐老死,恰如犊牛紧随着哺乳的母牛。”巴利
‘‘Kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditā; Pamattabandhanā baddhā , macchāva kumināmukhe; Jarāmaraṇamanventi, vaccho khīrapakova mātara’’nti.
这里所说的是欲渴爱。它与怎样的上下文相衔接?正如所说:巴利
Ayaṃ kāmataṇhā vuttā. Sā katamena pubbāparena yujjati? Yathāha –
“ 为贪所染之人,不知利益;为贪所染之人,不见正法;
“ 当贪爱征服一个人时,那时便陷入盲目的黑暗。”巴利
‘‘Ratto atthaṃ na jānāti, ratto dhammaṃ na passati; Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ rāgo sahate nara’’nti.
如此,正是依于盲目与被遮蔽的状态,那渴爱本身才被这样表述。所谓“为欲所盲、为网所覆、被渴爱的盖子所遮盖”,以及“为贪所染者,不知利益;为贪所染者,不见正法”——通过这些描述现起缠的词句,所指的正是同一个渴爱。所谓黑暗,即是苦之集;而那带来再有的渴爱,以及所谓的“欲”,皆是烦恼欲。而那句“为网所覆”,则是通过那些欲的现行运作,显示了现起缠的状态。因此,从烦恼与现起缠两方面,讲述了渴爱的系缚。像这样的人,便会走向老死——这正是世尊借由善巧安立的偈颂所彰显的:“他们走向老死”。巴利
Iti andhatāya ca sañchannatāya ca sāyeva taṇhā abhilapitā. Yañcāha kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditāti. Yañcāha ratto atthaṃ na jānāti, ratto dhammaṃ na passatīti, imehi padehi pariyuṭṭhānehi sāyeva taṇhā abhilapitā. Yaṃ andhakāraṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo, yā ca taṇhā ponobhavikā, yañcāha kāmāti ime kilesakāmā. Yañcāha jālasañchannāti tesaṃ yeva kāmānaṃ payogena pariyuṭṭhānaṃ dasseti, tasmā kilesavasena ca pariyuṭṭhānavasena ca taṇhābandhanaṃ vuttaṃ. Ye edisikā, te jarāmaraṇaṃ anventi, ayaṃ bhagavatā yathānikkhittagāthābalena dassitā jarāmaraṇamanventīti.
“ 戏论与安住于他已不复存在,他已超越系缚与门闩;
那位无有渴爱、游行的牟尼,即使天界众生也无人认出。”巴利
‘‘Yassa papañcā ṭhitī ca natthi, sandānaṃ palighañca vītivatto; Taṃ nittaṇhaṃ muniṃ carantaṃ, na vijānāti sadevakopi loko’’ti.
所谓戏论,是指渴爱、邪见、我慢,以及由这些所造作的诸行。所谓安住,是指随眠烦恼。所谓系缚,是指渴爱现起的缠缚,也就是三十六种渴爱之网游走之处。所谓门闩,是指愚痴。若有人超越了这一切戏论与行、安住、系缚和门闩,他便被称为“无渴爱者”。巴利
Papañcā nāma taṇhādiṭṭhimānā, tadabhisaṅkhatā ca saṅkhārā. Ṭhiti nāma anusayā. Sandānaṃ nāma taṇhāya pariyuṭṭhānaṃ, yāni chattiṃsataṇhāya jāliniyā vicaritāni. Paligho nāma moho. Ye ca papañcā saṅkhārā yā ca ṭhiti yaṃ sandānañca yaṃ palighañca yo etaṃ sabbaṃ samatikkanto, ayaṃ vuccati nittaṇho iti.
28 其中,属于现起缠的诸行,有现世受报的,有转生受报的,有后后轮回受报的。如是,渴爱便以三种方式给出果报:或在现世,或在转生,或在之后的轮回阶段。世尊是这样说的:“凡是以贪为原料,由身、语、意所造作的行为,他都会体验到它的异熟果,或在现世,或在转生,或在之后的轮回阶段。”世尊的这一说法前后一致。此处,现起缠即能在现世受报的业,或能在转生受报的业,或能在后后轮回阶段受报的业;如此,业便以三种方式成熟:或在现世,或在转生,或在之后的轮回阶段。正如他所说的——巴利 注疏 1
Tattha pariyuṭṭhānasaṅkhārā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyā vā upapajjavedanīyā vā aparāpariyavedanīyā vā, evaṃ taṇhā tividhaṃ phalaṃ deti diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye. Evaṃ bhagavā āha ‘‘yaṃ lobhapakataṃ kammaṃ karoti kāyena vā vācāya vā manasā vā, tassa vipākaṃ anubhoti diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye’’ti. Idaṃ bhagavato pubbāparena yujjati. Tattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ vā kammaṃ upapajjavedanīyaṃ vā kammaṃ aparāpariyāyavedanīyaṃ vā kammaṃ, evaṃ kammaṃ tidhā vipaccati diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye. Yathāha –
“若愚人于此杀生……(中略)……持邪见,他会在现世感受其果报,或在来生,或在其他时候。这是世尊前后一致的教说。其中,现起缠当以思择力断除,诸行当以观照力断除,三十六种渴爱的活动当以修习力断除。如此,渴爱便以三种方式被断除。那无渴爱的状态,即是有余涅槃界。身坏灭后,则是无余依涅槃界。”巴利
‘‘Yañce bālo idha pāṇātipātī hoti…pe… micchādiṭṭhi hoti, tassa diṭṭhe vā dhamme vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye’’ti. Idaṃ bhagavato pubbāparena yujjati. Tattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ paṭisaṅkhānabalena pahātabbaṃ, saṅkhārā dassanabalena, chattiṃsa taṇhāvicaritāni bhāvanābalena pahātabbānīti evaṃ taṇhāpi tidhā pahīyati. Yā nittaṇhātā ayaṃ saupādisesā nibbānadhātu. Bhedā kāyassa ayaṃ anupādisesā nibbānadhātu.
所谓戏论,即是随缚。世尊曾说:“于过去、未来、现在眼所识知的色,他攀缘而戏论。”世尊又曾说:“拉特,对于过去的色,你要无所期盼;对于未来的色,莫生欢喜;对于现在的色,要为厌离、离欲、灭尽、舍断而修习。”这是世尊前后一致的教说。那戏论、那些行,以及对过去、未来、现在的欢喜,这些本是同一回事。而且,世尊更以种种不同的文句、种种不同的字音、种种不同的表达方式,宣说了无量的法教。如此,以经对经,将前后连贯起来,经义便得以显明。巴利
Papañco nāma vuccati anubandho. Yañcāha bhagavā ‘‘papañceti atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ cakkhuviññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ ārabbhā’’ti. Yañcāha bhagavā – ‘‘atīte, rādha, rūpe anapekkho hohi, anāgataṃ rūpaṃ mā abhinandi, paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipajjā’’ti. Idaṃ bhagavato pubbāparena yujjati. Yo cāpi papañco ye ca saṅkhārā yā ca atītānāgatapaccuppannassa abhinandanā, idaṃ ekatthaṃ. Api ca aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi akkharehi aññamaññehi byañjanehi aparimāṇā dhammadesanā vuttā bhagavatā. Evaṃ suttena suttaṃ saṃsandayitvā pubbāparena saddhiṃ yojayitvā suttaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ bhavati.
此前后连结有四种:义连结、文连结、教说连结、解释连结。巴利
So cāyaṃ pubbāparo sandhi catubbidho atthasandhi byañjanasandhi desanāsandhi niddesasandhīti.
其中,义连结有六种:开示、明示、揭示、分别、显了、施设。
文连结有六种:字母、词、语句、形态、语源、解释。巴利
Tattha atthasandhi chappadāni saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammatā paññattīti. Byañjanasandhi chappadāni akkharaṃ padaṃ byañjanaṃ ākāro nirutti niddesoti.
教说连结:“禅修者修禅,不依于地,不依于水,不依于火,不依于风。不依于空无边处……不依于识无边处……不依于无所有处……不依于非想非非想处。不依于此世,不依于他世。凡所见、所闻、所觉、所识、所得、所求、所伺、所审察、心意所随思的一切,他都不依于此而修禅。在拥有天、魔、梵的世间,在沙门、婆罗门、天、人众中,他以无依著的心修禅,而不为人所知。”巴利
Desanāsandhi na ca pathaviṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca. Na ca āpaṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca, na ca tejaṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca, na ca vāyuṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca. Na ca ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ nissāya…pe… na ca viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ nissāya…pe… na ca ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ nissāya…pe… na ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nissāya…pe… na ca imaṃ lokaṃ nissāya…pe… na ca paralokaṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca. Yamidaṃ ubhayamantarena diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ vitakkitaṃ vicāritaṃ manasānucintitaṃ, tampi nissāya na jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca. Ayaṃ sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anissitena cittena na ñāyati jhāyanto.
正如邪恶的魔四处搜寻善男子果提咖(Godhika) 的识,却不知、不见。他超越了戏论,舍断了渴爱,再无邪见的依止。对于瓦咖离(Vakkali) 也是如此。纵使在天、魔、梵的世间,在沙门、婆罗门、天人众中,那些心无依著而修禅的人,皆不被知晓。这就是开示的连结。巴利
Yathā māro pāpimā godhikassa kulaputtassa viññāṇaṃ samanvesanto na jānāti na passati. So hi papañcātīto taṇhāpahānena diṭṭhinissayopissa natthi. Yathā ca godhikassa, evaṃ vakkalissa sadevakena lokena samārakena sabrahmakena sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anissitacittā na ñāyanti jhāyamānā. Ayaṃ desanāsandhi.
其中,什么是解说的连结?依赖的心,当以不善的面向来解说;不依赖的心,当以善的面向来解说。依赖的心,当以烦恼来解说;不依赖的心,当以清净来解说。依赖的心,当以轮回的流转来解说;不依赖的心,当以轮回的还灭来解说。依赖的心,当以渴爱与无明来解说;不依赖的心,当以止与观来解说。依赖的心,当以无惭无愧来解说;不依赖的心,当以惭与愧来解说。依赖的心,当以失念与不正知来解说;不依赖的心,当以念与正知来解说。依赖的心,当以非理与非理作意来解说;不依赖的心,当以理与如理作意来解说。依赖的心,当以懈怠与难教诲来解说;不依赖的心,当以精进勤策与易教诲来解说。依赖的心,当以不信与放逸来解说;不依赖的心,当以信与不放逸来解说。依赖的心,当以不听闻正法与不防护来解说;不依赖的心,当以听闻正法与防护来解说。依赖的心,当以贪求与嗔害来解说;不依赖的心,当以无贪求与无嗔害来解说。依赖的心,当以五盖与诸结缚来解说;不依赖的心,当以对贪欲的离贪、心解脱,对无明的离贪、慧解脱来解说。依赖的心,当以断见与常见来解说;不依赖的心,当以有余涅槃界与无余依涅槃界来解说。这就是解说的连结。因此,尊者玛哈咖佳亚那说:“这是依语义而通达意趣。”巴利
Tattha katamā niddesasandhi? Nissitacittā akusalapakkhena niddisitabbā, anissitacittā kusalapakkhena niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā kilesena niddisitabbā, anissitacittā vodānena niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā saṃsārappavattiyā niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saṃsāranivattiyā niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā taṇhāya ca avijjāya ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā samathena ca vipassanāya ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā ahirikena ca anottappena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā hiriyā ca ottappena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā asatiyā ca asampajaññena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā satiyā ca sampajaññena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā ayoniyā ca ayonisomanasikārena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā yoniyā ca yonisomanasikārena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā kosajjena ca dovacassena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā vīriyārambhena ca sovacassena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā assaddhiyena ca pamādena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saddhāya ca appamādena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā asaddhammassavanena ca asaṃvaraṇena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saddhammassavanena ca saṃvarena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā abhijjhāya ca byāpādena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā anabhijjhāya ca abyāpādena ca niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā nīvaraṇehi ca saṃyojaniyehi ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā rāgavirāgāya ca cetovimuttiyā avijjāvirāgāya ca paññāvimuttiyā niddisitabbā. Nissitacittā ucchedadiṭṭhiyā ca sassatadiṭṭhiyā ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saupādisesāya ca anupādisesāya ca nibbānadhātuyā niddisitabbā. Ayaṃ niddesasandhi. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘neruttamadhippāyo’’ti.
已运用四阵列理趣。巴利
Niyutto catubyūho hāro.
7. 转回理趣分别巴利
7. Āvaṭṭahāravibhaṅgo
29 其中,什么是转回理趣?即是“于一立足处”这一句。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? ‘‘Ekamhi padaṭṭhāne’’ti ayaṃ.
“ 你们当奋起,当精进,当一心投入佛陀的教法!
奋力摧破死魔的大军,犹如香象摧毁苇草所搭的棚屋。”巴利
‘‘Ārambhatha nikkamatha, yuñjatha buddhasāsane; Dhunātha maccuno senaṃ, naḷāgāraṃva kuñjaro’’ti.
“‘奋起吧,精进吧’——这是精进的立足处;‘投身于佛陀的教法吧’——这是定的立足处;‘奋力摧破死魔的大军,犹如香象摧毁苇草所搭的棚屋’——这是慧的立足处。‘奋起吧,精进吧’——这是精进根的立足处;‘投身于佛陀的教法吧’——这是定根的立足处;‘奋力摧破死魔的大军,犹如香象摧毁苇草所搭的棚屋’——这是慧根的立足处。以上诸立足处,即是教说。”巴利
‘‘Ārambhatha nikkamathā’’ti vīriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Yuñjatha buddhasāsane’’ti samādhissa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Dhunātha maccuno senaṃ, naḷāgāraṃva kuñjaro’’ti paññāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Ārambhatha nikkamathā’’ti vīriyindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Yuñjatha buddhasāsane’’ti samādhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Dhunātha maccuno senaṃ, naḷāgāraṃva kuñjaro’’ti paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Imāni padaṭṭhānāni desanā.
对于未修行的众生,应说修行;对于已修行者,应说发起精勤。巴利
Ayuñjantānaṃ vā sattānaṃ yoge, yuñjantānaṃ vā ārambho.
其中,那些不修习者,是因放逸而不修习。这种放逸有两种根本:即渴爱为根与无明为根。其中,以无明为根的放逸,是由于被无明所蒙蔽,不知应了知的诸法——五蕴是具生灭性质的法。这就是以无明为根的放逸。而以渴爱为根的放逸有三种:为求取未得的财物而四处寻求,即陷于放逸;为守护已得的财物,也陷于放逸;为享用那些财物,同样陷于放逸。因此,世间共有四种放逸:一种源于无明,三种源于渴爱。其中,无明以名身为立足处,渴爱以色身为立足处。何以故?于有色生命的生存,则执取不舍;于无色生命的生存,则陷于愚痴迷惑。此处,色身即是色蕴;名身即是其余四种非物质的蕴。这五蕴,是由于什么执取而称为有执取的呢?是由于渴爱与无明。其中,渴爱对应两种执取——欲取与戒禁取;无明对应另外两种执取——见取与我语取。被这四种执取所抓取的五蕴,这便是苦;这四种执取,这便是集。五蕴即是苦。世尊为了遍知苦与断除集,而说法:为遍知苦,为断除集。巴利
Tattha ye na yuñjanti, te pamādamūlakā na yuñjanti. So pamādo duvidho taṇhāmūlako avijjāmūlako ca. Tattha avijjāmūlako yena aññāṇena nivuto ñeyyaṭṭhānaṃ nappajānāti pañcakkhandhā uppādavayadhammāti, ayaṃ avijjāmūlako. Yo taṇhāmūlako, so tividho anuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ uppādāya pariyesanto pamādaṃ āpajjati, uppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ ārakkhanimittaṃ paribhoganimittañca pamādaṃ āpajjati ayaṃ loke catubbidho pamādo ekavidho avijjāya tividho taṇhāya. Tattha avijjāya nāmakāyo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Taṇhāya rūpakāyo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu, rūpīsu bhavesu ajjhosānaṃ, arūpīsu sammoho? Tattha rūpakāyo rūpakkhandho nāmakāyo cattāro arūpino khandhā. Ime pañcakkhandhā katamena upādānena saupādānā, taṇhāya ca avijjāya ca? Tattha taṇhā dve upādānāni kāmupādānañca sīlabbatupādānañca. Avijjā dve upādānāni diṭṭhupādānañca attavādupādānañca. Imehi catūhi upādānehi ye saupādānā khandhā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Cattāri upādānāni, ayaṃ samudayo. Pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ. Tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya.
30 其中,那种以渴爱为根的三种放逸,即为了求得未获得的财物而追寻,对已获得的财物加以守护,以及为其受用而造作。通过亲身体证而防护、收摄并舍弃这些,这便是止。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha yo tividho taṇhāmūlako pamādo anuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ uppādāya pariyesati, uppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ ārakkhaṇañca karoti paribhoganimittañca, tassa sampaṭivedhena rakkhaṇā paṭisaṃharaṇā, ayaṃ samatho.
为何如此呢?当一个人如实了知:欲乐的味是味、过患是过患、出离是出离,并能了知其缺陷、杂染、清净,以及出离的功德。其中,那种审察与细察的智慧,即是观禅。这两个法——止禅与观禅,达到修习的圆满。当此二法被修习时,二法便被断除,即渴爱与无明。当此二法被断除时,四种执取便灭尽。执取灭则有的灭,有灭则生灭;因为生灭,老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼便都灭尽。如此,整个苦蕴完全灭尽。如此,前面的两个真理是苦与集,止与观是道,有的灭尽即是涅槃。这便是四圣谛。因此,世尊这样说:“你们应当奋起精进,决意出离。”巴利
So kathaṃ bhavati? Yadā jānāti kāmānaṃ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato okārañca saṃkilesañca vodānañca nekkhamme ca ānisaṃsaṃ. Tattha yā vīmaṃsā upaparikkhā ayaṃ vipassanā. Ime dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti samatho ca vipassanā ca. Imesu dvīsu dhammesu bhāviyamānesu dve dhammā pahīyanti taṇhā ca avijjā ca, imesu dvīsu dhammesu pahīnesu cattāri upādānāni nirujjhanti. Upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Iti purimakāni ca dve saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca, samatho ca vipassanā ca maggo. Bhavanirodho nibbānaṃ imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘ārambhatha nikkamathā’’ti.
犹如一棵树,若根部未受损伤且依然牢固,纵然被砍断,仍会重新生长;
同样地,若渴爱的随眠未彻底拔除,此苦便会一再地生起。巴利
Yathāpi mūle anupaddave daḷhe, chinnopi rukkho punareva rūhati; Evampi taṇhānusaye anūhate, nibbattatī dukkhamidaṃ punappunaṃ.
这便是渴爱的随眠。它系于何种渴爱?系于有渴爱——对生存的渴爱。而此法的缘,即是无明。的确,以无明为缘,便有对有的渴爱。这两种烦恼,即渴爱与无明。那四种取,以及由四种取而生的执取蕴,即是苦。四种取,即是集。五取蕴即是苦。为遍知于此、为断除于此,世尊教导法门:为遍知苦,为断除集。巴利
Ayaṃ taṇhānusayo. Katamassā taṇhāya? Bhavataṇhāya. Yo etassa dhammassa paccayo ayaṃ avijjā. Avijjāpaccayā hi bhavataṇhā. Ime dve kilesā taṇhā ca avijjā ca. Tāni cattāri upādānāni tehi catūhi upādānehi ye saupādānā khandhā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Cattāri upādānāni ayaṃ samudayo. Pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ. Tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya ca pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya.
用以根除渴爱随眠的,是止;用以遮止渴爱随眠之缘——无明的,是观。此二法——止与观,达至修习的圆满。其中,止的果报是依离欲而有的心解脱;观的果报是依离无明而有的慧解脱。如此,前二圣谛——苦与集,止与观为道,两种解脱为灭。这便是四圣谛。是故世尊如是宣说:“譬如从根……”巴利
Yena taṇhānusayaṃ samūhanati , ayaṃ samatho. Yena taṇhānusayassa paccayaṃ avijjaṃ vārayati, ayaṃ vipassanā. Ime dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti samatho ca vipassanā ca. Tattha samathassa phalaṃ rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, vipassanāya phalaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti. Iti purimakāni ca dve saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca, samatho vipassanā ca maggo, dve ca vimuttiyo nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yathāpi mūle’’ti.
“ 一切恶皆不作,圆满成就于善,”
“ 净化自心,这便是诸佛的教导。”巴利
‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā; Sacittapariyodāpanaṃ , etaṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti.
一切恶,即三种恶行:身恶行、语恶行、意恶行。这展开为十不善业道:杀生、不与取、欲邪行、妄语、两舌、恶口、杂秽语、贪欲、嗔恚、邪见。这些不善业道归摄为两种业——思业与思所成业。其中,杀生、两舌和恶口,是以嗔为起源;不与取、欲邪行和妄语,是以贪为起源;杂秽语,是以痴为起源。这七种属于思业。而贪欲是贪不善根,嗔恚是嗔不善根,邪见是邪道——这三种属于思所成业。因此说:“思业、思所成业。”巴利
Sabbapāpaṃ nāma tīṇi duccaritāni kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ, te dasa akusalakammapathā pāṇātipāto adinnādānaṃ kāmesumicchācāro musāvādo pisuṇā vācā pharusā vācā samphappalāpo abhijjhā byāpādo micchādiṭṭhi, tāni dve kammāni cetanā cetasikañca. Tattha yo ca pāṇātipāto yā ca pisuṇā vācā yā ca pharusā vācā, idaṃ dosasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Yañca adinnādānaṃ yo ca kāmesumicchācāro yo ca musāvādo, idaṃ lobhasamuṭṭhānaṃ, yo samphappalāpo, idaṃ mohasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Imāni satta kāraṇāni cetanākammaṃ. Yā abhijjhā, ayaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yo byāpādo, ayaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ. Yā micchādiṭṭhi, ayaṃ micchāmaggo. Imāni tīṇi kāraṇāni cetasikakammaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘cetanākammaṃ cetasikakamma’’nti.
当不善根趋向造作时,会以四种方式行于邪途:因贪欲、因嗔恚、因怖畏、因愚痴。其中,凡因贪欲而行于邪途者,此以贪为其根源。凡因嗔恚而行于邪途者,此以嗔为其根源。凡因怖畏与愚痴而行于邪途者,此以痴为其根源。其中,贪可依不净观而断除。嗔可依慈心而断除。痴可依智慧而断除。同样地,贪可依舍心而断除。嗔可依慈心与悲心而断除。痴可依喜心而断除、彻底灭尽。因此,世尊这样说:“不作一切恶。”巴利
Akusalamūlaṃ payogaṃ gacchantaṃ catubbidhaṃ agatiṃ gacchati chandā dosā bhayā mohā. Tattha yaṃ chandā agatiṃ gacchati, idaṃ lobhasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Yaṃ dosā agatiṃ gacchati, idaṃ dosasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Yaṃ bhayā ca mohā ca agatiṃ gacchati, idaṃ mohasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha lobho asubhāya pahīyati. Doso mettāya. Moho paññāya. Tathā lobho upekkhāya pahīyati. Doso mettāya ca karuṇāya ca. Moho muditāya pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchati. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘sabbapāpassa akaraṇa’’nti.
31 所谓“一切恶”,即是八种邪性:邪见、邪思维、邪语、邪业、邪命、邪精进、邪念、邪定。这便称为一切恶。对于这八种邪性不作、不行、不犯,便叫作不作一切恶。巴利 注疏 1
Sabbapāpaṃ nāma aṭṭha micchattāni micchādiṭṭhi micchāsaṅkappo micchāvācā micchākammanto micchāājīvo micchāvāyāmo micchāsati micchāsamādhi, idaṃ vuccati sabbapāpaṃ. Imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ micchattānaṃ yā akiriyā akaraṇaṃ anajjhācāro, idaṃ vuccati sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ.
当八种邪性被断除之后,八种正性便成就了。对八种正性去造作、去实行、去圆满,便称为善的具足。“自心清净”这句话,显示了过往道迹的修习;当心清净时,五取蕴也得以清净。世尊正是这样说的:“诸比丘,为了心的清净,才在如来的教法中修习梵行。”清净有两种:五盖的断除与随眠的断除。清净也有两个阶段:见地清净与修习地清净。其中,由证悟而清净者,“这是苦”;从何处清净,“这是集”;以什么清净,“这是道”;被清净的,“这是灭”。这就是四圣谛。因此,世尊说“不作一切恶”。巴利
Aṭṭhasu micchattesu pahīnesu aṭṭha sammattāni sampajjanti. Aṭṭhannaṃ sammattānaṃ yā kiriyā karaṇaṃ sampādanaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati kusalassa upasampadā. Sacittapariyodāpananti atītassa maggassa bhāvanākiriyaṃ dassayati, citte pariyodāpite pañcakkhandhā pariyodāpitā bhavanti, evañhi bhagavā āha ‘‘cetovisuddhatthaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgate brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti. Duvidhā hi pariyodāpanā nīvaraṇappahānañca anusayasamugghāto ca. Dve pariyodāpanabhūmiyo dassanabhūmi ca, bhāvanābhūmi ca, tattha yaṃ paṭivedhena pariyodāpeti, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yato pariyodāpeti, ayaṃ samudayo. Yena pariyodāpeti, ayaṃ maggo. Yaṃ pariyodāpitaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘sabbapāpassa akaraṇa’’nti.
“ 法确实护持行法之人,犹如雨季中的大伞;
这便是如法善行的功德:行法之人,不堕恶趣。”巴利
‘‘Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, chattaṃ mahantaṃ yatha vassakāle; Esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī’’ti.
法有两种:防护根门与道。恶趣也有两种:若与天、人相比,地狱等是恶趣;若与涅槃相比,一切转生皆属恶趣。其中,于防护戒上无所破损,便是善修正法,能护人远离恶趣。世尊这样说过:“比丘们,持戒之人有两种趣向:天与人。”此外,在那烂陀村(Nālandā) ,刀师子村长(Gāmaṇi) 曾这样对世尊说:巴利
Dhammo nāma duvidho indriyasaṃvaro maggo ca. Duggati nāma duvidhā devamanusse vā upanidhāya apāyā duggati, nibbānaṃ vā upanidhāya sabbā upapattiyo duggati. Tattha yā saṃvarasīle akhaṇḍakāritā, ayaṃ dhammo suciṇṇo apāyehi rakkhati. Evaṃ bhagavā āha – dvemā, bhikkhave, sīlavato gatiyo devā ca manussā ca. Evañca nāḷandāyaṃ nigame asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
“‘尊者,那些西方的婆罗门,手持水罐,颈挂湿婆罗花环,入水沐浴,供奉火神。他们宣称能令死去的亡者上升,能引导其,能令其进入天界。而尊者、阿拉汉、正自觉者世尊您,能否如此作为,令一切世间众生,在身坏命终之后,全部投生善趣、天界呢?”巴利
‘‘Brāhmaṇā, bhante, pacchābhūmakā kāmaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā udakorohakā aggiparicārakā, te mataṃ kālaṅkataṃ uyyāpenti nāma, saññāpenti nāma, saggaṃ nāma okkāmenti . Bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pahoti tathā kātuṃ, yathā sabbo loko kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyā’’ti.
“那么,村长,我在此反过来问你:你怎样觉得合适,便怎样回答吧。”巴利
‘‘Tena hi, gāmaṇi, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya, tathā naṃ byākareyyāsīti.
“村长,你意下如何?假设这里有一个人,他杀生、偷盗、邪淫、妄语、离间语、粗恶语、杂秽语,心怀贪欲、瞋恚,持邪见。然后有一大群人聚集起来,向他祈求、赞美、合掌、右绕,说:‘愿此人于身坏命终之后,往生善趣、天界!’村长,你意下如何?这个人是否会因为大众的祈求、赞美、合掌、右绕,而于身坏命终之后往生善趣、天界呢?”
“尊者,这不可能。”巴利
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idhassa puriso pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhiko, tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatū’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetuvā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyā’’ti. ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
“村长,犹如有人将一块大岩石丢入深水湖中。然后有一大群人聚集起来,向它祈求、赞美、合掌、右绕,说:‘浮起来吧,大岩石!升上来吧,大岩石!浮到岸上来吧,大岩石!’村长,你怎么想?那块大岩石是否会因为大众的祈求、赞美、合掌、右绕,而浮起来、升上来,或者浮到岸上来呢?”
“尊者,这不可能。”
“同样地,村长,那个杀生……乃至持邪见的人,纵使有一大群人聚集起来,向他祈求、赞美、合掌、右绕,说:‘愿此人身坏命终之后往生善趣、天界!’他仍然会在身坏命终之后往生苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。”巴利
‘‘Seyyathāpi, gāmaṇi, puriso mahatiṃ puthusilaṃ gambhīre udakarahade pakkhipeyya, tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ummujja, bho, puthusile, uplava bho puthusile, thalamuplava, bho puthusile’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmaṇi, api nu sā mahatī puthusilā mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā ummujjeyya vā uplaveyya vā thalaṃ vā uplaveyyā’’ti. ‘‘No hetaṃ , bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, gāmaṇi, yo so puriso pāṇātipātī…pe… micchādiṭṭhiko, kiñcāpi naṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatū’ti. Atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya.
“村长,你意如何?假如此处有一人,远离杀生,远离不予取,远离邪淫,远离妄语,远离离间语,远离粗恶语,远离杂秽语,不贪欲,无瞋恚心,具足正见。若有一大群人聚集起来,向他祈求、赞美、合掌绕行,而说:‘愿此人身坏命终后,往生苦界、恶道、堕处、地狱。’村长,你意如何?此人是否会因彼大众的祈求、赞美、合掌绕行,于身坏命终后往生苦界、恶道、堕处、地狱呢?” “尊者,那是不可能的。”巴利
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idhassa puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko, tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjatū’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyā’’ti. ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
“村长,譬如有人将一罐酥油或一罐芝麻油沉入深水潭中,再打破罐子。罐里的沙石便会下沉,而罐中的酥油或芝麻油则会向上浮起。若有一大群人聚集起来,向它祈求、赞美、合掌绕行,并说:‘酥油,沉没吧!酥油,向下沉没吧!酥油,向下去吧!’村长,你意如何?那酥油或芝麻油是否会因大众的祈求、赞美、合掌绕行而沉没、向下沉没,或向下去呢?” “尊者,那是不可能的。”巴利
‘‘Seyyathāpi, gāmaṇi, puriso sappikumbhaṃ vā telakumbhaṃ vā gambhīre udakarahade ogāhetvā bhindeyya. Tatra yāssa sakkharā vā kaṭhalā , sā adhogāmī assa. Yañca khvassa tatra sappi vā telaṃ vā, taṃ uddhaṃgāmi assa. Tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘osīda, bho sappitela, saṃsīda, bho sappitela, adho gaccha ‘bho sappitelā’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmaṇi, api nu taṃ sappitelaṃ mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā ‘osīdeyya vā saṃsīdeyya vā adho vā gaccheyyā’ti. ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
“同样地,村长,那位远离杀生……乃至具足正见的人,纵使有一大群人聚集起来,向他祈求、赞美、合掌绕行,说:‘愿此人于身坏命终后,往生苦界、恶道、堕处、地狱。’然而,他仍会在身坏命终后,往生善趣、天界。如是,善修之法护于恶道。在那里,凡道之锐利、猛利性,此善修之法能护此人免于一切转生。世尊如是说:”巴利
‘‘Evameva kho, gāmaṇi, yo so puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato…pe… sammādiṭṭhiko, kiñcāpi naṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjatū’’’ti. Atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyya. Iti dhammo suciṇṇo apāyehi rakkhati. Tattha yā maggassa tikkhatā adhimattatā, ayaṃ dhammo suciṇṇo sabbāhi upapattīhi rakkhati. Evaṃ bhagavā āha –
“ 是故,善护其心,以正思维为行境;”
以正见为先导,了知生灭;
“ 征服了昏沉与睡眠的比丘,能舍离一切恶趣。”巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa , sammāsaṅkappagocaro; Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayaṃ; Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti.
32 这其中,恶趣之因即是渴爱与无明,是那四种取;依此四种取而生执取诸蕴,这便是苦。四种取,此即是集。五取蕴是苦,为遍知它们、断除它们,世尊教导法——为遍知苦、为断除集。这其中,渴爱以有色五根为立足处,无明以意根为立足处。守护有色五根,他便修习止,调伏渴爱;守护意根,他便修习观,调伏无明。通过调伏渴爱,断除两种取——欲取与戒禁取;通过调伏无明,断除两种取——见取与我语取。四种取断除后,两种法修习圆满:止与观。这便名为梵行。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha duggatīnaṃ hetu taṇhā ca avijjā ca, tāni cattāri upādānāni, tehi catūhi upādānehi ye saupādānā khandhā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Cattāri upādānāni, ayaṃ samudayo. Pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ, tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya ca pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya. Tattha taṇhāya pañcindriyāni rūpīni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Avijjāya manindriyaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pañcindriyāni rūpīni rakkhanto samādhiṃ bhāvayati, taṇhañca niggaṇhāti. Manindriyaṃ rakkhanto vipassanaṃ bhāvayati, avijjañca niggaṇhāti. Taṇhāniggahena dve upādānāni pahīyanti kāmupādānañca sīlabbatupādānañca. Avijjāniggahena dve upādānāni pahīyanti diṭṭhupādānañca attavādupādānañca. Catūsu upādānesu pahīnesu dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti samatho ca vipassanā ca. Idaṃ vuccati brahmacariyanti.
在此,梵行之果是四沙门果——入流果、一来果、不来果、阿拉汉最上果。此即梵行的四种果。如是,前二谛是苦与集。止与观,以及梵行是道;梵行之诸果及其所缘,与无为界是灭。这些是四谛。是故世尊说:“法确实守护。”巴利
Tattha brahmacariyassa phalaṃ cattāri sāmaññaphalāni sotāpattiphalaṃ sakadāgāmiphalaṃ anāgāmiphalaṃ arahattaṃ aggaphalaṃ. Imāni cattāri brahmacariyassa phalāni . Iti purimakāni ca dve saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca. Samatho ca vipassanā ca brahmacariyañca maggo, brahmacariyassa phalāni ca tadārammaṇā ca asaṅkhatādhātu nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘dhammo have rakkhatī’’ti.
在此,以证悟而守护者,即是苦;从中守护者,即是集;用以守护者,即是道;所守护者,即是灭。这些是四谛。因此具寿玛哈咖佳亚那说:“在一个足处。”巴利
Tattha yaṃ paṭivedhena rakkhati, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yato rakkhati, ayaṃ samudayo. Yena rakkhati, ayaṃ maggo. Yaṃ rakkhati, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘ekamhi padaṭṭhāne’’ti.
已运用转回理趣。巴利
Niyutto āvaṭṭo hāro.
8. 区分理趣分别巴利
8. Vibhattihāravibhaṅgo
33 其中,什么是区分理趣?就是“法、立足处与地”这一句。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo vibhattihāro? ‘‘Dhammañca padaṭṭhānaṃ bhūmiñcā’’ti.
经有两种:熏习分经与洞穿分经。行道有两种:福分行道与果分行道。戒有两种:防护戒与断戒。其中,世尊以福分行道教说熏习分经,此人安住于防护戒,由此梵行而成为梵行者。其中,世尊以果分行道教说洞穿分经,此人安住于断戒,由此梵行而成为梵行者。巴利
Dve suttāni vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca. Dve paṭipadā puññabhāgiyā ca phalabhāgiyā ca. Dve sīlāni saṃvarasīlañca pahānasīlañca, tattha bhagavā vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ puññabhāgiyāya paṭipadāya desayati, so saṃvarasīle ṭhito tena brahmacariyena brahmacārī bhavati, tattha bhagavā nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ phalabhāgiyāya paṭipadāya desayati, so pahānasīle ṭhito tena brahmacariyena brahmacārī bhavati.
其中,何为熏习分经?所谓熏习分经,即是布施论、戒论、天论,以及贪欲的过患与出离的利益。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ? Vāsanābhāgiyaṃ nāma suttaṃ dānakathā sīlakathā saggakathā kāmānaṃ ādīnavo nekkhamme ānisaṃsoti.
其中,何为洞穿分经?所谓洞穿分经,即是阐明四圣谛的教导。在熏习分经中,无有智慧,无有道,无有果。在洞穿分经中,有智慧,有道,有果。这四种经,应依其教导之果、戒与梵行,从一切方面以抉择理趣加以审察,再以合理理趣将其融会,直至抵达智慧的领域。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ? Nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ nāma suttaṃ yā catusaccappakāsanā, vāsanābhāgiye sutte natthi pajānanā, natthi maggo, natthi phalaṃ. Nibbedhabhāgiye sutte atthi pajānanā, atthi maggo, atthi phalaṃ. Imāni cattāri suttāni. Imesaṃ catunnaṃ suttānaṃ desanāya phalena sīlena brahmacariyena sabbato vicayena hārena vicinitvā yuttihārena yojayitabbā yāvatikā ñāṇassa bhūmi.
34 其中,哪些是共通的法?有两种共通法:名称共通与事物共通。或任何与此同类者:邪定众生与不定众生的见所断烦恼是共通的;凡夫与入流者的欲贪和嗔恚是共通的;凡夫与不来者的上分结是共通的。凡圣弟子所入的任何世间等至,皆与未离染者共通。如此,共通之法互不超越自他境界。具足这些法的人,也不超越此法。这些是共通法。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katame dhammā sādhāraṇā? Dve dhammā sādhāraṇā nāmasādhāraṇā vatthusādhāraṇā ca. Yaṃ vā pana kiñci aññampi evaṃ jātiyaṃ, micchattaniyatānaṃ sattānaṃ aniyatānañca sattānaṃ dassanappahātabbā kilesā sādhāraṇā, puthujjanassa sotāpannassa ca kāmarāgabyāpādā sādhāraṇā, puthujjanassa anāgāmissa ca uddhaṃbhāgiyā saṃyojanā sādhāraṇā, yaṃ kiñci ariyasāvako lokiyaṃ samāpattiṃ samāpajjati, sabbā sā avītarāgehi sādhāraṇā, sādhāraṇā hi dhammā evaṃ aññamaññaṃ paraṃ paraṃ sakaṃ sakaṃ visayaṃ nātivattanti. Yopi imehi dhammehi samannāgato na so taṃ dhammaṃ upātivattati. Ime dhammā sādhāraṇā.
其中,哪些是不共的法?依教说而应寻求:有学、无学,堪能者、不堪能者。第八人(向入流者)与入流者的欲贪、嗔恚是共通的,然性质不共;第八人与不来者的上分结是共通的,然性质不共。一切有学的名称是共通的,性质不共;一切行道者的名称是共通的,性质不共;一切有学的有学戒是共通的,性质不共。如是,观察差别者应当依劣、胜、中等而寻求。巴利
Tattha katame dhammā asādhāraṇā? Yāva desanaṃ upādāya gavesitabbā sekkhāsekkhā bhabbābhabbāti, aṭṭhamakassa sotāpannassa ca kāmarāgabyāpādā sādhāraṇā dhammatā asādhāraṇā, aṭṭhamakassa anāgāmissa ca uddhambhāgiyā saṃyojanā sādhāraṇā dhammatā asādhāraṇā. Sabbesaṃ sekkhānaṃ nāmaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ dhammatā asādhāraṇā. Sabbesaṃ paṭipannakānaṃ nāmaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ dhammatā asādhāraṇā. Sabbesaṃ sekkhānaṃ sekkhasīlaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ dhammatā asādhāraṇā. Evaṃ visesānupassinā hīnukkaṭṭhamajjhimaṃ upādāya gavesitabbaṃ.
见地是入决定的立足处;修地是证得上上果的立足处;苦行道迟缓证悟是止的立足处;乐行道快速证悟是观的立足处。布施所成的福行事,是他人善言教导的共通立足处;持戒所成的福行事,是思惟所得慧的共通立足处;禅修所成的福行事,是修习所得慧的共通立足处。布施所成的福行事,也是他人善言教导与听闻所得慧的共通立足处;持戒所成的福行事,也是思惟所得慧与如理作意的共通立足处;禅修所成的福行事,也是修习所得慧与正见的共通立足处。住于适当之处,是远离与定的共通立足处;亲近善人,是三种绝对信与止的共通立足处;自我正确立志,是惭与观的共通立足处;舍弃不善,是审察善法与定根的共通立足处;法被善说,是培植善根与进入果定的共通立足处;僧团善修行,是僧团完善的共通立足处;导师的成就,是令未信者生信、令已信者信心增长的共通立足处;无碍守护律仪,是对刚强者之惩治、对温良者之安乐住的共通立足处。因此,尊者玛哈咖佳亚那说:“法与立足处。”巴利
Dassanabhūmi niyāmāvakkantiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanābhūmi uttarikānaṃ phalānaṃ pattiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā samathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā vipassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parato ghosassa sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu cintāmayiyā paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu bhāvanāmayiyā paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parato ca ghosassa sutamayiyā ca paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu cintāmayiyā ca paññāya yoniso ca manasikārassa sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu bhāvanāmayiyā ca paññāya sammādiṭṭhiyā ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Patirūpadesavāso vivekassa ca samādhissa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sappurisūpanissayo tiṇṇañca aveccappasādānaṃ samathassa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ hiriyā ca vipassanāya ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, akusalapariccāgo kusalavīmaṃsāya ca samādhindriyassa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, dhammasvākkhātatā kusalamūlaropanāya ca phalasamāpattiyā ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, saṅghasuppaṭipannatā saṅghasuṭṭhutāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, satthusampadā appasannānañca pasādāya pasannānañca bhiyyobhāvāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, appaṭihatapātimokkhatā dummaṅkūnañca puggalānaṃ niggahāya pesalānañca puggalānaṃ phāsuvihārāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘dhammañca padaṭṭhāna’’nti.
已运用区分理趣。巴利
Niyutto vibhatti hāro.
9. 反转理趣分别巴利
9. Parivattanahāravibhaṅgo
35 其中,什么是反转理趣?即关于善法与不善法。对具足正见的人而言,他的邪见已灭尽;以邪见为缘而生起的种种罪恶、不善法,也已灭尽。以正见为缘,众多善法生起,那些善法达到修习的圆满。对具足正思惟的人而言,邪思惟已灭尽;以邪思惟为缘而生起的种种罪恶、不善法,也已灭尽;以正思惟为缘,众多善法生起,那些善法达到修习的圆满。同样地,对具足正语者、正业者、正命者、正精进者、正念者、正定者、正解脱者、正解脱智见者而言,他们的邪解脱智见已灭尽;以邪解脱智见为缘而生起的种种罪恶、不善法,也已灭尽;以正解脱智见为缘,众多善法生起,那些善法达到修习的圆满。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro? ‘‘Kusalākusale dhamme’’ti. Sammādiṭṭhissa purisapuggalassa micchādiṭṭhi nijjiṇṇā bhavati. Ye cassa micchādiṭṭhipaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti. Sammādiṭṭhipaccayā cassa aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti, te cassa bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Sammāsaṅkappassa purisapuggalassa micchāsaṅkappo nijjiṇṇo bhavati. Ye cassa micchāsaṅkappapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti. Sammāsaṅkappapaccayā cassa aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti. Te cassa bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Evaṃ sammāvācassa sammākammantassa sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmassa sammāsatissa sammāsamādhissa sammāvimuttassa sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanassa purisapuggalassa micchāvimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavati. Ye cassa micchāvimuttiñāṇadassanapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti. Sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanapaccayā cassa aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti, te cassa bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
36 远离杀生者,杀生即已断除;远离不与取者,不与取即已断除;行梵行者,非梵行即已断除;说真实语者,妄语即已断除;不说离间语者,离间语即已断除;说柔和语者,粗暴语即已断除;说话适时者,闲杂语即已断除;无贪欲者,贪欲即已断除;心无恼害者,恼害即已断除;具足正见者,邪见即已断除。巴利 注疏 1
Yassa vā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa pāṇātipāto pahīno hoti. Adinnādānā paṭiviratassa adinnādānaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti. Brahmacārissa abrahmacariyaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti. Saccavādissa musāvādo pahīno hoti. Apisuṇavācassa pisuṇā vācā pahīnā hoti. Saṇhavācassa pharusā vācā pahīnā hoti. Kālavādissa samphappalāpo pahīno hoti. Anabhijjhālussa abhijjhā pahīnā hoti. Abyāpannacittassa byāpādo pahīno hoti. Sammādiṭṭhissa micchādiṭṭhi pahīnā hoti.
凡是诽谤圣八支道者,便会招致现前可见、来自同法者的正当谴责与非难。这些先生们诽谤正见这一法;既然如此,那些持邪见者,反倒成了这些先生们供养和赞叹的对象。同样地,这些先生们诽谤正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定、正解脱、正解脱智见等法;既然如此,那些持有邪解脱智见者,反倒成了这些先生们供养和赞叹的对象。巴利
Ye ca kho keci ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ garahanti, nesaṃ sandiṭṭhikā sahadhammikā gārayhā vādānuvādā āgacchanti. Sammādiṭṭhiñca te bhavanto dhammaṃ garahanti. Tena hi ye micchādiṭṭhikā, tesaṃ bhavantānaṃ pujjā ca pāsaṃsā ca. Evaṃ sammāsaṅkappaṃ sammāvācaṃ sammākammantaṃ sammāājīvaṃ sammāvāyāmaṃ sammāsatiṃ sammāsamādhiṃ sammāvimuttiṃ sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanañca te bhavanto dhammaṃ garahanti. Tena hi ye micchāvimuttiñāṇadassanā, tesaṃ bhavantānaṃ pujjā ca pāsaṃsā ca.
凡是有人这样说:“诸欲应享用、应受用、应亲近、应依止、应修习、应反复修习。”那么对他们而言,远离诸欲便成了非法。巴利
Ye ca kho keci evamāhaṃsu ‘‘bhuñjitabbā kāmā, paribhuñjitabbā kāmā, āsevitabbā kāmā, nisevitabbā kāmā, bhāvayitabbā kāmā, bahulīkātabbā kāmā’’ti. Kāmehi veramaṇī tesaṃ adhammo.
又,若有人言:“自我折磨的修行即是法”,则能导向出离之法于彼即成为非法;若有人言:“苦即是法”,则乐于彼即成为非法。又譬如,一位比丘安住于观察一切诸行为不净,他的“净”想便得舍断;安住于观察苦,他的“乐”想便得舍断;安住于观察无常,他的“常”想便得舍断;安住于观察无我,他的“我”想便得舍断。同样地,于任何法,他若心生喜好或加亲近,与之相反的法便成为他所不喜、所不受者。因此,尊者玛哈咖佳亚那说:“善法与不善法”。巴利
Ye vā pana keci evamāhaṃsu ‘‘attakilamathānuyogo dhammo’’ti. Niyyāniko tesaṃ dhammo adhammo. Ye ca kho keci evamāhaṃsu ‘‘dukkho dhammo’’ti. Sukho tesaṃ dhammo adhammo. Yathā vā pana bhikkhuno sabbasaṅkhāresu asubhānupassino viharato subhasaññā pahīyanti. Dukkhānupassino viharato sukhasaññā pahīyanti. Aniccānupassino viharato niccasaññā pahīyanti. Anattānupassino viharato attasaññā pahīyanti. Yaṃ yaṃ vā pana dhammaṃ rocayati vā upagacchati vā, tassa tassa dhammassa yo paṭipakkho, svassa aniṭṭhato ajjhāpanno bhavati. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘kusalākusaladhamme’’ti.
已运用反转理趣。巴利
Niyutto parivattano hāro.
10. 同义语理趣分别巴利
10. Vevacanahāravibhaṅgo
37 什么是同义语理趣?即“同义词有多种”。如同世尊对一个法,用种种不同的同义词来开示。正如世尊所说:巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo vevacano hāro? ‘‘Vevacanāni bahūnī’’ti. Yathā ekaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ aññamaññehi vevacanehi niddisati. Yathāha bhagavā –
“ 希望、渴求与欢喜——这些箭,安立在种种界中;
它们以无明为根而生起,被渴爱所造作;所有这一切连同其根,已被我彻底灭尽。”巴利
‘‘Āsā ca pihā abhinandanā ca, anekadhātūsu sarā patiṭṭhitā; Aññāṇamūlappabhavā pajappitā, sabbā mayā byantikatā samūlikā’’ti.
所谓希望,是对未来的利益有所期待,认定“它必定到来”,由此生起希望。所谓渴求,是对当前的利益有所希求,比如见到更好的事物,便生起“愿我也能如此”的渴求。所谓欢喜,是对利益的成就感到欣喜而守护,或是喜爱可爱的亲人,或是喜爱可爱的法,或是对不违逆的事物感到欢喜。巴利
Āsā nāma vuccati yā bhavissassa atthassa āsīsanā avassaṃ āgamissatīti āsāssa uppajjati. Pihā nāma yā vattamānassa atthassa patthanā, seyyataraṃ vā disvā ‘‘ediso bhaveyya’’nti pihāssa uppajjati. Atthanipphattipaṭipālanā abhinandanā nāma, piyaṃ vā ñātiṃ abhinandati, piyaṃ vā dhammaṃ abhinandati, appaṭikūlato vā abhinandati.
所谓种种界,即:眼界、色界、眼识界;耳界、声界、耳识界;鼻界、香界、鼻识界;舌界、味界、舌识界;身界、触界、身识界;意界、法界、意识界。巴利
Anekadhātū ti cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu, sotadhātu saddadhātu sotaviññāṇadhātu, ghānadhātu gandhadhātu ghānaviññāṇadhātu, jivhādhātu rasadhātu jivhāviññāṇadhātu , kāyadhātu phoṭṭhabbadhātu kāyaviññāṇadhātu, manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu.
所谓箭,或有人于色有胜解,或有人于声有胜解,或有人于香有胜解,或有人于味有胜解,或有人于触有胜解,或有人于法有胜解。其中,六种依于世俗的忧、六种依于世俗的喜、六种依于出离的忧、六种依于出离的喜,这二十四事属于渴爱的范畴,是渴爱的同义词。而六种依于世俗的舍,则属于邪见的范畴。巴利
Sarā ti keci rūpādhimuttā keci saddādhimuttā keci gandhādhimuttā keci rasādhimuttā keci phoṭṭhabbādhimuttā keci dhammādhimuttā. Tattha yāni cha gehasitāni domanassāni yāni ca cha gehasitāni somanassāni yāni ca cha nekkhammasitāni domanassāni yāni ca cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni, imāni catuvīsapadāni taṇhāpakkho, taṇhāya etaṃ vevacanaṃ. Yā cha upekkhā gehasitā, ayaṃ diṭṭhipakkho.
38 依那种渴求的方式,即法喜(Dhammānanda) 、法爱、法执——这些是渴爱的同义词。心、意、识——这些是心的同义词。意根、意界、意处、了知——这些是意的同义词。慧根、慧力、增上慧、学、慧、慧蕴、择法觉支、智、正见、审察、观、法智、义智、类智、灭智、无生智、未知当知根、已知根、具知根、眼、明、觉、广慧、聪慧、光明,以及任何其他同类的——这些是慧的同义词。五根是出世间的,一切皆是慧。再者,依增上之义为信,依策励之义为精进,依不漂浮之义为念,依不散乱之义为定,依了知之义为慧。巴利 注疏 1
Sāyeva patthanākārena dhammanandī dhammapemaṃ dhammajjhosānanti taṇhāya etaṃ vevacanaṃ. Cittaṃ mano viññāṇanti cittassa etaṃ vevacanaṃ. Manindriyaṃ manodhātu manāyatanaṃ vijānanāti manassetaṃ vevacanaṃ. Paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ adhipaññā sikkhā paññā paññākkhandho dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo ñāṇaṃ sammādiṭṭhi tīraṇā vipassanā dhamme ñāṇaṃ atthe ñāṇaṃ anvaye ñāṇaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ anuppāde ñāṇaṃ anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ aññindriyaṃ aññātāvindriyaṃ cakkhu vijjā buddhi bhūri medhā āloko, yaṃ vā pana yaṃ kiñci aññaṃpi evaṃ jātiyaṃ, paññāya etaṃ vevacanaṃ. Pañcindriyāni lokuttarāni, sabbā paññā. Api ca ādhipateyyaṭṭhena saddhā, ārambhaṭṭhena vīriyaṃ, apilāpanaṭṭhena sati, avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhi, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā.
正如佛随念中所说:“彼世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士调御丈夫、天人师、佛陀、世尊。”成就诸力、达无畏境、得无碍解、断四轭、超越非道之行、拔除利箭、愈合疮痍、摧碎荆棘、熄灭烦恼之躁热、超脱结缚、解开缠结、逾越贪染、击破黑暗、具足眼目、超越世间法、不染于随喜与排斥、于可爱与不可爱之法无有执取、超脱系缚、止息诤斗、更臻殊胜、高举火炬、作光明者、作辉耀者、驱除黑暗者、弃舍尘垢者、具有无量功德、不可测度之功德、不可计数之功德、作光辉者、作光明者、作法之光明与辉耀者,以及诸佛世尊——这些是佛随念的同义词。巴利
Yathā ca buddhānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. Balanipphattigato vesārajjappatto adhigatappaṭisambhido catuyogavippahīno agatigamanavītivatto uddhaṭasallo nirūḷhavaṇo madditakaṇḍako nibbāpitapariyuṭṭhāno bandhanātīto ganthaviniveṭhano ajjhāsayavītivatto bhinnandhakāro cakkhumā lokadhammasamatikkanto anurodhavirodhavippayutto iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu dhammesu asaṅkhepagato bandhanātivatto ṭhapitasaṅgāmo abhikkantataro ukkādharo ālokakaro pajjotakaro tamonudo raṇañjaho aparimāṇavaṇṇo appameyyavaṇṇo asaṅkheyyavaṇṇo ābhaṃkaro pabhaṃkaro dhammobhāsapajjotakaroti ca buddhā bhagavantoti ca buddhānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
正如法随念中所说:“法为世尊所善说,自见于此时、不待时节、来见可证、引导向前、智者各自证知。”亦即:摧破骄慢、消除渴求、根除执著、截断流转、空寂而极难遇、渴爱灭尽、离染、灭、涅槃。巴利
Yathā ca dhammānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi. Yadidaṃ madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāṭo vaṭṭūpacchedo suññato atidullabho taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ.
“ 无为、无终、无漏,真实、彼岸、微妙而极难见;
不老、恒常、不衰败,无显现、无戏论、寂静。
“ 不死、殊胜、吉祥、安稳,渴爱灭尽、稀有、未曾有;
无灾、无灾之法——这便是善逝所教导的涅槃。
“ 不生、不有、无灾祸,非造作、无忧亦无悲;
无恼害、无恼害法——这便是善逝所教导的涅槃。
“ 甚深、难见,殊胜、无上;
无比、无与伦比,称为最尊、最胜。
“ 庇护所、救护、无诤、无垢、平正,即称为清净;
‘ 岛屿、安乐、无量、庇护,无所有、无戏论’——这便是对佛随念的别称。”巴利
‘‘Asaṅkhataṃ anataṃ anāsavañca, saccañca pāraṃ nipuṇaṃ sududdasaṃ; Ajajjaraṃ dhuvaṃ apalokitaṃ , anidassanaṃ nippapañca santaṃ. ‘‘Amataṃ paṇītañca sivañca khemaṃ, taṇhākkhayo acchariyañca abbhutaṃ; Anītikaṃ anītikadhammaṃ , nibbānametaṃ sugatena desitaṃ. ‘‘Ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ anupaddavañca, akataṃ asokañca atho visokaṃ; Anūpasaggaṃnupasaggadhammaṃ, nibbānametaṃ sugatena desitaṃ. ‘‘Gambhīrañceva duppassaṃ, uttarañca anuttaraṃ; Asamaṃ appaṭisamaṃ, jeṭṭhaṃ seṭṭhanti vuccati. ‘‘Leṇañca tāṇaṃ araṇaṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ, akāca metaṃ vimalanti vuccati; Dīpo sukhaṃ appamāṇaṃ patiṭṭhā, akiñcanaṃ appapañcanti vutta’’nti.
这便是法随念的别称。巴利
Dhammānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
正如僧随念中所说:“善行道者、正直行道者、如理行道者、正当行道者,也就是这四双八辈之士——这位世尊的声闻僧团,是应受供奉、应受款待、应受布施、应受合掌礼敬者,是世间无上的福田。他们戒行圆满、定力圆满、智慧圆满、解脱圆满、解脱知见的观照圆满。他们是众生的精华,是众生的精髓,是众生的拔济者,是众生的支柱,犹如祥瑞的母牛,堪受人天崇敬。”这便是僧随念的别称。巴利
Yathā ca saṅghānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ suppaṭipanno ujuppaṭipanno ñāyappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa, sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno vimuttisampanno vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno sattānaṃ sāro sattānaṃ maṇḍo sattānaṃ uddhāro sattānaṃ esikā sattānaṃ surabhipasūnaṃ pujjo devānañca manussānañcāti saṅghānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
又如戒随念中所说:“那些戒,无有缺坏,无有穿孔,无有斑点,无有杂色;是圣者之德,为圣人所喜爱,自在无系,为智者所称叹,无所执取;能引生定力。戒是庄严,因其有最上殊胜的庄严作用;戒是宝藏,因其能超越一切贫乏与不足;戒是技艺,因其能洞穿不利的时机;戒是堤岸,因其不可逾越;戒是财富,因其能断除贫困匮乏;戒是明镜,因可从中照见法;戒是宫殿,因可凭以观览;戒是周遍一切处的随转,因其以不死为究竟。”这便是戒随念的别名。巴利
Yathā ca sīlānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni ariyāni ariyakantāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni, alaṅkāro ca sīlaṃ uttamaṅgopasobhaṇatāya, nidhānañca sīlaṃ sabbadobhaggasamatikkamanaṭṭhena , sippañca sīlaṃ akkhaṇavedhitāya, velā ca sīlaṃ anatikkamanaṭṭhena, dhaññañca sīlaṃ daliddopacchedanaṭṭhena , ādāso ca sīlaṃ dhammavolokanatāya, pāsādo ca sīlaṃ volokanaṭṭhena, sabbabhūmānuparivatti ca sīlaṃ amatapariyosānanti sīlānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
又如施随念中所说:“圣弟子在家居住,心意慷慨,双手洁净,乐于弃舍,喜好应求,乐于布施分享。”这是施随念的别称。因此,具寿玛哈咖佳亚那说“别称有多种”。巴利
Yathā ca cāgānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ yasmiṃ samaye ariyasāvako agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgaratoti cāgānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘vevacanāni bahūnī’’ti.
已运用同义语理趣。巴利
Niyutto vevacano hāro.
11. 施设理趣分别巴利
11. Paññattihāravibhaṅgo
39 其中,什么是施设理趣?“世尊以种种施设,宣说一法。”这即是施设理趣。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo paññattihāro? ‘‘Ekaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ paññattīhi vividhāhi desetī’’ti.
依平常说而作的开示,这是安立施设。什么是依平常说而作的开示?即是四圣谛。如世尊所说“这是苦”,这便是对五蕴、六界、十八界、十二处、十根所作的安立施设。巴利
Yā pakatikathāya desanā. Ayaṃ nikkhepapaññatti. Kā ca pakatikathāya desanā, cattāri saccāni. Yathā bhagavā āha ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti ayaṃ paññatti pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ channaṃ dhātūnaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ dasannaṃ indriyānaṃ nikkhepapaññatti.
诸比丘,若对抟食有贪、有喜、有渴爱,识便在那里安住、生长。识在哪里安住、生长,名色便在哪里降入。名色在哪里降入,诸行便在哪里增长。诸行在哪里增长,未来便在哪里再生。未来在哪里再生,那里便有未来的生、老、死。诸比丘,我说那是有忧、有悲、有恼的。巴利
Kabaḷīkāre ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi . Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi.
诸比丘,若对触食有贪、有喜、有渴爱……若对意思食有贪、有喜、有渴爱……诸比丘,若对识食有贪、有喜、有渴爱,识便在那里安住、生长。识在哪里安住、生长,名色便在哪里降入。名色在哪里降入,诸行便在哪里增长。诸行在哪里增长,未来便在哪里再生。未来在哪里再生,那里便有未来的生、老、死。诸比丘,我说:有未来生、老、死之处,便有愁、有苦、有忧恼。这便是苦与苦集的生起安立。巴利
Phasse ce…pe… manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre. Viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti , atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi. Ayaṃ pabhavapaññatti dukkhassa ca samudayassa ca.
诸比丘,若对抟食无贪、无喜、无渴爱,识在那里便不安住、不生长。识在哪里不安住、不生长,名色在那里便不降入。名色在哪里不降入,诸行在那里便不增长。诸行在哪里不增长,未来在那里便不再生。未来在哪里不再生,那里便没有未来的生、老、死。诸比丘,我说:无未来生、老、死之处,便无愁、无苦、无忧恼。巴利
Kabaḷīkāre ce, bhikkhave , āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandī natthi taṇhā, appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ. Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ, natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, asokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmi.
诸比丘,若于触食……(中略)……于意思食,若于识食无贪、无喜、无渴爱,识在那里便不安住、不生长。识在哪里不安住、不生长,名色在那里便不降生。名色在哪里不降生,诸行在那里便不增长。诸行在哪里不增长,未来在那里便无再生。未来在哪里不再生,未来在那里便没有生、老、死。诸比丘,我说:未来无生、老、死之处,即无愁、无苦、无忧恼。巴利
Phasse ce…pe… manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre. Viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandī natthi taṇhā, appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ. Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ, natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, asokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmi.
这便是对苦的遍知安立,对集的断除安立,对道的修习安立,对灭的作证安立。巴利
Ayaṃ pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti nirodhassa.
40 诸比丘,应修习定。不放逸、具慧、具念、入于定的比丘,能如实了知。那么,他如实了知什么呢?他如实了知:“眼是无常”,如实了知:“色是无常”,如实了知:“眼识是无常”,如实了知:“眼触是无常”。而凡以眼触为缘所生起的感受——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐,他也如实了知那一切皆是无常。巴利 注疏 1
Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha. Appamatto nipako sato, samāhito, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Kiñca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti? ‘‘Cakkhu anicca’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Rūpā aniccā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti ‘‘cakkhuviññāṇaṃ anicca’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Cakkhusamphasso anicco’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi aniccanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
耳……鼻……舌……身……如实了知“意无常”,如实了知“法无常”,如实了知“意识无常”,如实了知“意触无常”。而以意触为缘所生的感受,或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐,他也如实了知那都是无常的。巴利
Sotaṃ …pe… ghānaṃ…pe… jivhā…pe… kāyo…pe… ‘‘mano anicco’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Dhammā aniccā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Manoviññāṇaṃ anicca’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Manosamphasso anicco’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi aniccanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
这便是道应修习的教导、苦应遍知的教导、集应断除的教导、灭应作证的教导。巴利
Ayaṃ bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti nirodhassa.
拉特,你们应当拆散色、粉碎色、击破色,使其不可戏玩,并以智慧修习渴爱的灭尽。渴爱灭尽则苦灭尽,苦灭尽即是涅槃。受……想……行……识,也应当拆散、粉碎、击破,使其不可戏玩,并以智慧修习渴爱的灭尽。渴爱灭尽则苦灭尽,苦灭尽即是涅槃。巴利
Rūpaṃ , rādha, vikiratha vidhamatha viddhaṃsetha vikīḷaniyaṃ karotha, paññāya taṇhakkhayāya paṭipajjatha. Taṇhakkhayā dukkhakkhayo, dukkhakkhayā nibbānaṃ. Vedanaṃ…pe…. Saññaṃ…pe… saṅkhāre viññāṇaṃ vikiratha vidhamatha viddhaṃsetha vikīḷaniyaṃ karotha, paññāya taṇhakkhayāya paṭipajjatha. Taṇhakkhayā dukkhakkhayo, dukkhakkhayā nibbānaṃ.
此是灭之灭施设,乐味之厌离施设,苦之遍知施设,集之断除施设,道之修习施设,灭之作证施设。巴利
Ayaṃ nirodhapaññatti nirodhassa, nibbidāpaññatti assādassa, pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti nirodhassa.
“他如实了知:‘此是苦’,如实了知:‘此是苦之集’,如实了知:‘此是苦之灭’,如实了知:‘此是导向苦灭之道’。”巴利
‘‘So idaṃ dukkha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
此是诸谛之通智施设,此是见地之安置施设,此是道之修习施设,此是入流果之作证施设。他如实了知:“这些是漏”;如实了知:“此是漏之集”;如实了知:“此是漏之灭”;如实了知:“此是导向漏灭之道”;如实了知:“这些漏无余灭尽”。巴利
Ayaṃ paṭivedhapaññatti saccānaṃ, nikkhepapaññatti dassanabhūmiyā, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti sotāpattiphalassa. ‘‘So ime āsavā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Ime āsavā asesaṃ nirujjhantī’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
这是对漏尽智生起的施设,这是对无生智处所的施设,这是对修道修行的施设,这是对苦遍知的施设,这是对苦集断除的施设,这是对精进根策励的施设,这是对世间希望粉碎的施设,这是对修习地安立的施设,这是对恶不善法摧破的施设。巴利
Ayaṃ uppādapaññatti khaye ñāṇassa, okāsapaññatti anuppāde ñāṇassa, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, ārambhapaññatti vīriyindriyassa, āsāṭanapaññatti āsāṭikānaṃ, nikkhepapaññatti bhāvanābhūmiyā, abhinighātapaññatti pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ.
41 诸比丘,于往昔未闻的法上,我对“这是苦”生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光明。于往昔未闻的法上……“这是苦的集起”……“这是苦的息灭”……“这是导向苦息灭的修行之道”。诸比丘,于往昔未闻的法上,我对“这是导向苦息灭的修行之道”生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光明。巴利 注疏 1
Idaṃ ‘‘dukkha’’nti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Ayaṃ ‘‘dukkhasamudayo’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ayaṃ ‘‘dukkhanirodho’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe…. Ayaṃ ‘‘dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
这是诸谛的宣说施设,这是所闻慧的安立施设,这是“我当知未知”根的证悟施设,这是法轮的转动施设。巴利
Ayaṃ desanāpaññatti saccānaṃ, nikkhepapaññatti sutamayiyā paññāya sacchikiriyāpaññatti anaññātaññassāmītindriyassa, pavattanāpaññatti dhammacakkassa.
“此苦应当遍知”——诸比丘,于此前所未闻的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光明。“此苦集应当断除”——诸比丘……(中略)……“此苦灭应当证得”——诸比丘……(中略)……“此导向苦灭的修行道应当修习”——诸比丘,于此前所未闻的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光明。巴利
‘‘Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ pariññeyya’’nti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. ‘‘So kho panāyaṃ dukkhasamudayo pahātabbo’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ‘‘so kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodho sacchikātabbo’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ‘‘sā kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā bhāvetabbā’’ti me, bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
这是道的修习施设,这是思所成慧的安立施设,这是已知根的证得施设。巴利
Ayaṃ bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, nikkhepapaññatti cintāmayiyā paññāya, sacchikiriyāpaññatti aññindriyassa.
“诸比丘,往昔于前所未闻之法中,我生起了“此苦已遍知”之眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光明。诸比丘,……我生起了“此苦集已舍断”之眼……(中略)……生起了“此苦灭已证得”之眼……(中略)……生起了“此导向苦灭之道已修习”之眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光明。此即道之修习施设,修所成慧之安立施设,具知者根之证得施设,法轮之转起施设。”巴利
‘‘Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ pariññāta’’nti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. ‘‘So kho panāyaṃ dukkhasamudayo pahīno’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ‘‘so kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodho sacchikato’’ti me, bhikkhave…pe… ‘‘sā kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā bhāvitā’’ti me, bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Ayaṃ bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, nikkhepapaññatti bhāvanāmayiyā paññāya, sacchikiriyāpaññatti aññātāvino indriyassa, pavattanāpaññatti dhammacakkassa.
“ 可量与不可量之生成,以及有行,牟尼已舍;
内心喜悦,安住于定,他破除了自体的生起,犹如破开铠甲。”巴利
‘‘Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni; Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti.
“可量的”指行界。“不可量的”指涅槃界,“可量、不可量与生成”是对一切法的证智施设,是法无碍解的安立施设。“贤者舍弃了有行”是对集的舍离施设,也是对苦的遍知施设。“内心悦乐,安住等持”是对身至念的修习施设,是对心一境性的安住施设。“他击碎如铠甲般的自体之生”是对心的彻底厌离施设,是对一切知性的执取施设,也是对无明卵壳的破开施设。因此,世尊这么说:“可量、不可量与生成”。巴利
‘‘Tula’’nti saṅkhāradhātu. ‘‘Atula’’nti nibbānadhātu, ‘‘tulamatulañca sambhava’’nti abhiññāpaññatti sabbadhammānaṃ. Nikkhepapaññatti dhammapaṭisambhidāya. ‘‘Bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji munī’’ti pariccāgapaññatti samudayassa. Pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa. ‘‘Ajjhattarato samāhito’’ti bhāvanāpaññatti kāyagatāya satiyā. Ṭhitipaññatti cittekaggatāya. ‘‘Abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti abhinibbidāpaññatti cittassa, upādānapaññatti sabbaññutāya, padālanāpaññatti avijjaṇḍakosānaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘tulamatulañca sambhava’’nti.
既见苦与苦因,于人于欲,如何再起倾动?
当知世间欲乐即是结缚,具念者为调伏欲乐而修学。巴利
Yo dukkhamaddakkhi yatonidānaṃ, kāmesu so jantu kathaṃ nameyya; Kāmā hi loke saṅgoti ñatvā, tesaṃ satīmā vinayāya sikkheti.
“谁见苦”——这是“苦”的同义施设,也是苦的遍知施设。“从何因”——这是“起源”的施设,也是集之应断的施设。“见”——这是智眼的同义施设,也是通达的施设。“诸欲中,那人怎会倾心于世间之言谈”——这是欲渴爱的同义施设,也是对欲渴爱执著的施设。“了知诸欲于世间实为结缚”——这是将诸欲视同怨敌而照见的施设。因为诸欲被譬喻为火坑、肉块、火焰、悬崖与蛇。“彼具念者”——这是为断除而作的损减施设,是对身至念的安立施设,是对道的修习施设。“为调伏而学”——这是对调伏贪、调伏嗔、调伏痴的通达施设。“人(瑜伽者)”——这是瑜伽者的同义施设。当瑜伽者了知“诸欲在世间实为结缚”时,他为了不让诸欲生起,便令善法生起;他为未生善法之生起而精勤,这是为获得未得之法的精勤施设。“安立”——这是对于少许便不满足的安立施设。于此,他为已生善法之安住而精勤,这是对修习不放逸的施设,是对精进根的安立施设,是对善法的守护施设,是对增上心学的住立施设。因此世尊如是说:“谁见苦、从何因。”巴利
‘‘Yo dukkha’’nti vevacanapaññatti ca dukkhassa pariññāpaññatti ca. ‘‘Yatonidāna’’nti pabhavapaññatti ca samudayassa pahānapaññatti ca. ‘‘Addakkhī’’ti vevacanapaññatti ca ñāṇacakkhussa paṭivedhapaññatti ca. ‘‘Kāmesu so jantukathaṃ nameyyā’’ti vevacanapaññatti ca kāmataṇhāya abhinivesapaññatti ca. ‘‘Kāmā hi loke saṅgoti ñatvā’’ti paccatthikato dassanapaññatti kāmānaṃ. Kāmā hi aṅgārakāsūpamā maṃsapesūpamā pāvakakappā papātauragopamā ca. ‘‘Tesaṃ satīmā’’ti apacayapaññatti pahānāya, nikkhepapaññatti kāyagatāya satiyā, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa. ‘‘Vinayāya sikkhe’’ti paṭivedhapaññatti rāgavinayassa dosavinayassa mohavinayassa. ‘‘Jantū’’ti vevacanapaññatti yogissa. Yadā hi yogī kāmā saṅgoti pajānāti. So kāmānaṃ anuppādāya kusale dhamme uppādayati, so anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya vāyamati. Ayaṃ vāyāmapaññatti appattassa pattiyā. Nikkhepapaññatti oramattikāya asantuṭṭhiyā. Tattha so uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā vāyamatīti ayaṃ appamādapaññatti bhāvanāya, nikkhepapaññatti vīriyindriyassa, ārakkhapaññatti kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ṭhitipaññatti adhicittasikkhāya. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yo dukkhamaddakkhi yatonidāna’’nti.
“ 愚痴所缚的世间,看似美好;
为依着所缚的愚者,被黑暗笼罩;
看似无吉祥,然而对观见者而言,已然一无所执。”巴利
‘‘Mohasambandhano loko, bhabbarūpova dissati; Upadhibandhano bālo, tamasā parivārito; Assirī viya khāyati, passato natthi kiñcana’’nti.
“被愚痴所缚的世间”(ti):这是对颠倒的教说,也是对世间颠倒的表示。“看起来好像有福相”(ti):这是对世间颠倒的表示。“被依着所缚的愚人”:这是对恶欲界众生的起源表示、对缠缚作用的表示、对烦恼力量的表示、对诸行增长的表示。“被黑暗所包围”(ti):这是对无明黑暗的教说表示与同义表示。“看起来好像没有光彩”:这是对天眼所见的表示,也是对慧眼安立的表示。“对见者而言没有任何可执取的东西”(ti):这是对众生的通达表示——贪是一种可执取,嗔是一种可执取,痴是一种可执取。因此世尊这样说:“被愚痴所缚的世间。”巴利
‘‘Mohasambandhano loko’’ ti desanāpaññatti vipallāsānaṃ. ‘‘Bhabbarūpova dissatī’’ ti viparītapaññatti lokassa. ‘‘Upadhibandhano bālo’’ti pabhavapaññatti pāpakānaṃ icchāvacarānaṃ, kiccapaññatti pariyuṭṭhānānaṃ. Balavapaññatti kilesānaṃ. Virūhanāpaññatti saṅkhārānaṃ. ‘‘Tamasā parivārito’’ ti desanāpaññatti avijjandhakārassa vevacanapaññatti ca. ‘‘Assirī viya khāyatī’’ti dassanapaññatti dibbacakkhussa, nikkhepapaññatti paññācakkhussa. ‘‘Passato natthi kiñcana’’ nti paṭivedhapaññatti sattānaṃ, rāgo kiñcanaṃ doso kiñcanaṃ moho kiñcanaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘mohasambandhano loko’’ti.
“诸比丘,有那无生、无有、无作、无为的。诸比丘,倘若没有这无生、无有、无作、无为,那么对于所生、所有、所作、有为的出离便无从显现。诸比丘,正因为有这无生、无有、无作、无为,对于所生、所有、所作、有为的出离才得以显现。”巴利
‘‘Atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ, no cetaṃ, bhikkhave, abhavissa ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ. Nayidha jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyetha. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ, tasmā jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyatī’’ti.
“诸比丘,如果没有那不生、不有、不造、不形成的”:这是关于涅槃的教说施设与异名施设。“那么,对于已生、已有、已造、已形成的,就不会了知出离”:这是关于有为法的异名施设与引导施设。“然而,诸比丘,正因为确实有了不生、不有、不造、不形成的”:这是关于涅槃的异名施设与阐明施设。“所以,对于已生、已有、已造、已形成的,才了知出离”:这是关于涅槃的异名施设、关于道的导引施设,以及关于从轮回中出离的施设。因此世尊这样说:“诸比丘,如果没有它……”因此,玛哈咖佳亚那尊者说:“世尊以种种施设,在教导同一法。”巴利
‘‘No cetaṃ, bhikkhave, abhavissa ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti desanāpaññatti nibbānassa vevacanapaññatti ca. ‘‘Nayidha jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyethā’’ti vevacanapaññatti saṅkhatassa upanayanapaññatti ca. ‘‘Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti vevacanapaññatti nibbānassa jotanāpaññatti ca. ‘‘Tasmā jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyatī’’ti ayaṃ vevacanapaññatti nibbānassa, niyyānikapaññatti maggassa, nissaraṇapaññatti saṃsārato. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘no cetaṃ, bhikkhave, abhavissā’’ti. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘ekaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ, paññattīhi vividhāhi desetī’’ti.
已运用施设理趣。巴利
Niyutto paññatti hāro.
12. 契入理趣分别巴利
12. Otaraṇahāravibhaṅgo
42 于此,什么是契入理趣呢?即“凡是缘起的。”巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo otaraṇo hāro? ‘‘Yo ca paṭiccuppādo’’ti.
“ 于上、于下、遍一切处究竟解脱,不随观‘这是我’;
如是解脱者渡越了洪流,渡越了此前未渡过的,为不再有后有。”巴利
‘‘Uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vippamutto, ayaṃ ahasmīti anānupassī; Evaṃ vimutto udatāri oghaṃ, atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā’’ti.
“上方”指色界与无色界。“下方”指欲界。“一切处得解脱”指于三界中的无学解脱。这些正是无学的五根,这便是由诸根而契入。巴利
‘‘Uddha’’nti rūpadhātu ca arūpadhātu ca. ‘‘Adho’’ti kāmadhātu. ‘‘Sabbadhi vippamutto’’ti tedhātuke ayaṃ asekkhāvimutti. Tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni, ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
这些无学的五根即是明。由明生起故无明灭,由无明灭故行灭,由行灭故识灭,由识灭故名色灭,由名色灭故六处灭,由六处灭故触灭,由触灭故受灭,由受灭故渴爱灭,由渴爱灭故取灭,由取灭故有灭,由有灭故生灭,由生灭故老死、愁悲苦忧恼灭。如是,整个苦蕴便告灭尽。这是依缘起而导入。巴利
Tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
这些无学的五根,由三种蕴所摄持——戒蕴、定蕴、慧蕴。这是依诸蕴而导入。巴利
Tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni tīhi khandhehi saṅgahitāni – sīlakkhandhena samādhikkhandhena paññākkhandhena, ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
这些无学的五根,含摄于行蕴中。这些行是无漏的,且非有分;这些行摄属于法界。这是依界而导入。巴利
Tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
该法界含摄于法处之中,此法处是无漏的,且非有分心。此即依处而通达。巴利
Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
“不随观“我是这个”,此即断除有身见,那是有学解脱,而这些正是有学五根。这是依诸根而统摄。”巴利
‘‘Ayaṃ ahasmīti anānupassī’’ti ayaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā samugghāto, sā sekkhāvimutti, tāniyeva sekkhāni pañcindriyāni. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
这些有学五根即是明;以明生起故,无明灭尽;以无明灭尽故,行灭尽;如是,整个缘起即灭尽。这是依缘起而统摄。巴利
Tāniyeva sekkhāni pañcindriyāni vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
那明即是慧蕴。这是依蕴而通达的。巴利
Sāyeva vijjā paññākkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
明本身即被含摄于诸行之中;那些无漏而非有分的行,则为法界所摄。此乃依界而通达。巴利
Sāyeva vijjā saṅkhārapariyāpannā, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā, ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
该法界为法处所摄,彼处无漏,非是有分。此即由诸处之切入。巴利
Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
由有学解脱与无学解脱而解脱者,渡越了先前未曾渡越的暴流,为不再受生。因此世尊这样说:“向上,向下。”巴利
Sekkhāya ca vimuttiyā asekkhāya ca vimuttiyā vimutto udatāri oghaṃ atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāya. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘uddhaṃ adho’’ti.
43 “依止者有动摇,不依止者无动摇;无动摇则有轻安,有轻安则无倾向,无倾向则无来去,无来去则无死生,无死生则非此世、非彼世、亦非两者之间——这便是苦的尽头。”巴利 注疏 1
‘‘Nissitassa calitaṃ, anissitassa calitaṃ natthi, calite asati passaddhi, passaddhiyā sati nati na hoti, natiyā asati āgatigati na hoti, āgatigatiyā asati cutūpapāto na hoti, cutūpapāte asati nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarena esevanto dukkhassā’’ti.
“‘依止者有动摇’:依止有两种,即渴爱依止与见依止。其中,染着者之思,是渴爱依止;愚痴者之思,是见依止。而思即是行;以行为缘而有识,以识为缘而有名色,如此这一切即是缘起。这便是通过缘起而审察。巴利
‘‘Nissitassa calita’’nti nissayo nāma duvidho taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca. Tattha yā rattassa cetanā, ayaṃ taṇhānissayo; yā mūḷhassa cetanā, ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo. Cetanā pana saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
其中,染着者的感受,就是乐受;全然愚痴者的感受,就是不苦不乐受。这两种受即是受蕴。这是依蕴所作的审察。巴利
Tattha yā rattassa vedanā, ayaṃ sukhā vedanā. Yā sammūḷhassa vedanā, ayaṃ adukkhamasukhā vedanā, imā dve vedanā vedanākkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
其中,乐受有两种根:乐根与喜根;不苦不乐受即是舍根。这是依根所作的通达。巴利
Tattha sukhā vedanā dve indriyāni sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyañca, adukkhamasukhā vedanā upekkhindriyaṃ. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
这些根同样归属于诸行的范畴;凡是有漏、有分的行,都摄在法界之中。这便是依界而契入。巴利
Tāniyeva indriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni, ye saṅkhārā sāsavā bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
那法界属于法处的范畴;而那个有漏、有分的处,这便是依诸处而进入的方式。巴利
Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ sāsavaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
“无依著者无动摇”:就止而言,于渴爱无所依著;就观而言,于邪见无所依著。那个观就是明;明生起则无明灭,无明灭则行灭,行灭则识灭……如此,整个缘起。这是由缘起而趣入。巴利
‘‘Anissitassa calitaṃ natthī’’ti samathavasena vā taṇhāya anissito vipassanāvase vā diṭṭhiyā anissito. Yā vipassanā ayaṃ vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
那个观即是慧蕴。这是由蕴而趣入。巴利
Sāyeva vipassanā paññākkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
此观即是两种根——精进根与慧根。这便是由根而进入的方式。巴利
Sāyeva vipassanā dve indriyāni – vīriyindriyañca paññindriyañca. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
此观本身含摄于诸行之中;那些无漏、非有分的行,则收摄于法界。这是由界而进入的方式。巴利
Sāyeva vipassanā saṅkhārapariyāpannā, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
那个法界摄于法处之中,该处是无漏、非有分。这是由处而趣入。巴利
Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
“当有轻安时”——轻安有两种:身轻安与心轻安。身体的乐受,是身轻安;心的乐受,是心轻安。身轻安者体验乐,心有乐者心得定,得定者如实地了知,如实地了知者便生厌离,生厌离者离欲,由离欲而得解脱,解脱时生起“已解脱”之智。他了知:“生已尽,梵行已立,所作已办,不受后有。”他不倾向色,不倾向声,不倾向香,不倾向味,不倾向触,不倾向法。由于贪的灭尽、嗔的灭尽、痴的灭尽——若有人想以某种色来描述或站或行的如来,那色已灭尽、离欲、息灭、舍断、彻底放下;在色的灭尽中得解脱,因此如来不被视为“存在”,不被视为“不存在”,不被视为“既存在又不存在”,也不被视为“既非存在也非不存在”。因此,只能说他深不可测、无法计量、不可算计,已入寂灭。这就是由于贪的灭尽、嗔的灭尽、痴的灭尽。巴利
‘‘Passaddhiyā satī’’ti duvidhā passaddhi kāyikā ca cetasikā ca. Yaṃ kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ, ayaṃ kāyapassaddhi. Yaṃ cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ, ayaṃ cetasikā passaddhi. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati , sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto nibbindati, nibbindanto virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ ‘‘vimutta’’miti ñāṇaṃ hoti, ‘‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti pajānāti. So na namati rūpesu, na saddesu, na gandhesu, na rasesu, na phoṭṭhabbesu, na dhammesu khayā rāgassa khayā dosassa khayā mohassa yena rūpena tathāgataṃ tiṭṭhantaṃ carantaṃ paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya, tassa rūpassa khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā rūpasaṅkhaye vimutto, tathāgato atthītipi na upeti, natthītipi na upeti, atthi natthītipi na upeti, nevatthi no natthītipi na upeti. Atha kho gambhīro appameyyo asaṅkheyyo nibbutotiyeva saṅkhaṃ gacchati khayā rāgassa, khayā dosassa, khayā mohassa.
若有人想以受……想……行……识来描述或站或行的如来,那识已灭尽、离欲、息灭、舍断、彻底放下;在识的灭尽中得解脱,因此如来不落于“存在”,不落于“不存在”,不落于“既存在又不存在”,也不落于“既非存在也非不存在”。因此,只能说他深不可测、无法计量、不可算计,已入寂灭。这就是由于贪的灭尽、嗔的灭尽、痴的灭尽。“来”,意为来到此处;“去”,意为未来的存在。来与去皆不存在。“不在此处”,是指在六内处中不可得;“不在彼处”,是指在六外处中不可得;“也不在两者的中间”,是指不在触所生的诸法之中见有自我。“这本身就是苦的尽头”是指缘起。缘起有两种:世间缘起与出世间缘起。其中,世间缘起是:以无明为缘而有诸行,乃至老死。出世间缘起是:持戒者生起无悔,直至了知“无来生”的状态。因此,世尊这样说:“有所依止的人会有动摇,无所依止的人没有动摇……这本身就是苦的尽头。”巴利
Yāya vedanāya…pe… yāya saññāya. Yehi saṅkhārehi. Yena viññāṇena tathāgataṃ tiṭṭhantaṃ carantaṃ paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya, tassa viññāṇassa khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā viññāṇasaṅkhaye vimutto, tathāgato atthītipi na upeti, natthītipi na upeti, atthi natthītipi na upeti, nevatthi no natthītipi na upeti. Atha kho gambhīro appameyyo asaṅkheyyo nibbutotiyeva saṅkhaṃ gacchati khayā rāgassa, khayā dosassa, khayā mohassa. ‘‘Āgatī’’ti idhāgati. ‘‘Gatī’’ti peccabhavo. Āgatigatīpi na bhavanti, ‘‘nevidhā’’ti chasu ajjhattikesu āyatanesu. ‘‘Na hura’’nti chasu bāhiresu āyatanesu. ‘‘Na ubhayamantarenā’’ti phassasamuditesu dhammesu attānaṃ na passati. ‘‘Esevanto dukkhassā’’ti paṭiccasamuppādo. So duvidho lokiyo ca lokuttaro ca. Tattha lokiyo avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, yāva jarāmaraṇā. Lokuttaro sīlavato avippaṭisāro jāyati, yāva nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘nissitassa calitaṃ anissitassa calitaṃ natthi…pe… esevanto dukkhassā’’ti.
44 “ 世间任何忧伤、悲泣,以及种种苦……
这些皆依所爱而生起,若无所爱,它们便不存在。
因此,那些在世间任何处都无所爱的人,快乐无忧(Vītasoka) ;
因此,渴望无忧无染的人,不应于世间任何处造作所爱。”巴利 注疏 1
‘‘Ye keci sokā paridevitā vā, dukkhā ca lokasmimanekarūpā. Piyaṃ paṭiccappabhavanti ete, piye asante na bhavanti ete. Tasmā hi te sukhino vītasokā, yesaṃ piyaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke; Tasmā asokaṃ virajaṃ patthayāno, piyaṃ na kayirātha kuhiñci loke’’ti.
“世间所有种种的忧愁、悲泣与痛苦,皆依爱而生”——这是苦受。“当所爱不在时,这些便不有”——这是乐受。受,即是受蕴。这是通过诸蕴而契入。巴利
‘‘Ye keci sokā paridevitā vā, dukkhā ca lokasmimanekarūpā piyaṃ paṭiccappabhavanti ete’’ti – ayaṃ dukkhā vedanā. ‘‘Piye asante na bhavanti ete’’ti – ayaṃ sukhā vedanā. Vedanā vedanākkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
以受为缘而有渴爱,以渴爱为缘而有取,以取为缘而有有,以有为缘而有生,以生为缘而有老死。一切皆然。这便是依缘起而悟入。巴利
Vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ, evaṃ sabbaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
其中,乐受是两种根:乐根与喜根;苦受是两种根:苦根与忧根。此即依诸根而通达。巴利
Tattha sukhā vedanā dve indriyāni – sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyañca. Dukkhā vedanā dve indriyāni – dukkhindriyaṃ domanassindriyañca. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
那些根本身,即包含在诸行之中;这些有漏、有分的诸行,则被收摄于法界。这是依界所作的通达。巴利
Tāniyeva indriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni, ye saṅkhārā sāsavā bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
此法界为法处所摄;此法处是有漏的、属于有分。这便是由处而入。巴利
Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ sāsavaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
因此,那些在世间任何地方都无所爱著的人,快乐而无忧。
因此,希求无忧离尘的人,不应于世间任何处造作所爱。巴利
Tasmā hi te sukhino vītasokā, yesaṃ piyaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke; Tasmā asokaṃ virajaṃ patthayāno, piyaṃ na kayirātha kuhiñci loketi.
这就是渴爱的断除。渴爱灭,则取灭;取灭,则有灭;如此,一切灭尽。这是由缘起而入的方法。巴利
Idaṃ taṇhāpahānaṃ. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
那渴爱的断除即是止。此止有二根:念根与定根。这是由根而入的方式。巴利
Taṃyeva taṇhāpahānaṃ samatho. So samatho dve indriyāni satindriyaṃ samādhindriyañca. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
那止即是定蕴,这便是依诸蕴而进入的方式。巴利
Soyeva samatho samādhikkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
那止即含摄于诸行之中。那些无漏且非有分的行,为法界所摄,这便是依诸界而进入的方式。巴利
Soyeva samatho saṅkhārapariyāpanno, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
此法界摄属法处,彼处无漏,亦非有分。这是由诸处而统摄。因此世尊说:“凡是任何忧……”巴利
Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘ye keci sokā’’ti.
渴求欲乐之人,若所求得以实现,
果真满心欢喜——他得到了心中所欲。
“ 若那欲求诸欲、已生欲之众生;
当那些欲乐消退时,他便如同被利箭刺穿一般痛苦。
若人避开诸欲,犹如以脚避开蛇头;
他正念具足,超越世间那缠缚的贪着。巴利
Kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa, tassa ce taṃ samijjhati; Addhā pītimano hoti, laddhā macco yadicchati. Tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno; Te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppati. Yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro; Somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattatīti.
在这里,那种欣喜、满足,便是随贪;所谓“像被箭刺穿般痛苦”,这是瞋恚。随贪与瞋恚都属于渴爱的一分,而渴爱的依止处即是十种色处。这是依处而作的审察。巴利
Tattha yā pītimanatā, ayaṃ anunayo. Yadāha sallaviddhova ruppatīti, idaṃ paṭighaṃ. Anunayaṃ paṭighañca pana taṇhāpakkho, taṇhāya ca pana dasarūpīni āyatanāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
那十种色便是色身,与名结合,这两者合为名色。以名色为缘而有六处,以六处为缘而有触,以触为缘而有受,以受为缘而有渴爱,如此生起一切。这是依缘起而作的审察。巴利
Tāniyeva dasa rūpīni rūpakāyo nāmasampayutto, tadubhayaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, evaṃ sabbaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
那名色即是五蕴。这是依蕴而作的审察。巴利
Tadeva nāmarūpaṃ pañcakkhandho; Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā;
此名色即是十八界。这是透过界而进行的审察。巴利
Tadeva nāmarūpaṃ aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo; Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā;
其中,物质身即是这五种色根,名身即是这五种非色根,此即十根。这是透过根而进行的审察。巴利
Tattha yo rūpakāyo imāni pañca rūpīni indriyāni, yo nāmakāyo imāni pañca arūpīni indriyāni, imāni dasa indriyāni. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
在此,世尊这样说道:巴利
Tattha yadāha –
“ 能避开欲乐的人,如同以脚避开蛇头,
具足正念者,便能超越世间这粘着的执着。”巴利
‘‘Yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro; Somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattatī’’ti.
这就是有余涅槃界,这是藉由诸界而契入的。巴利
Ayaṃ saupādisesā nibbānadhātu, ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
那有余涅槃界即是明。明生起时,无明便灭尽;无明灭尽时,行便灭尽,如是乃至一切灭尽。这是依缘起而通达的。巴利
Sāyeva saupādisesā nibbānadhātu vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
此明即是慧蕴。这便是由蕴而入。巴利
Sāyeva vijjā paññākkhandho. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
那明即是二根——精进根与慧根。这是依根而通达的。巴利
Sāyeva vijjā dve indriyāni – vīriyindriyaṃ paññindriyañca. Ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
此明包含于诸行之中。那些无漏、不属有分的诸行,皆为法界所摄。这便是由界而入。巴利
Sāyeva vijjā saṅkhārapariyāpannā, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā. Ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
而此法界含摄于法处之中,即那无漏、非有分的处。这是由处而进入的方式。因此,世尊说道:“对于正在欲求欲乐的人……”巴利
Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ. Ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘kāmaṃ kāmayamānassā’’ti.
如此,依于缘,根、蕴、界、处便成为会合与通达。应当这样依缘而导入根、蕴、界、处。因此,玛哈咖佳亚那尊者说:“缘起……”巴利
Ettāvatā paṭicca indriyakhandhadhātuāyatanāni samosaraṇotaraṇāni bhavanti. Evaṃ paṭicca indriyakhandhadhātuāyatanāni otāretabbāni. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘yo ca paṭiccuppādo’’ti.
已运用契入理趣。巴利
Niyutto otaraṇo hāro.
13. 净化理趣分别巴利
13. Sodhanahāravibhaṅgo
45 其中,什么是净化理趣?“于已解答的问题”一颂,如同阿吉达尊者在《彼岸道品》中向世尊请问:巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? ‘‘Vissajjitamhi pañhe’’tigāthā. Yathā āyasmā ajito pārāyane bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchati –
“ 世间被什么所遮蔽?又因何而不能显现它的光辉?
它的粘着是什么?请告诉我,对它而言,什么才是莫大的恐怖?”
“ 世间为无明所覆,阿吉达!”世尊如是说。
因悭吝与放逸而不显现;
我说,贪求是它的涂染,此苦是大恐怖。巴利
‘‘Kenassu nivuto loko, kenassu nappakāsati; Kissābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃsu tassa mahabbhaya’’nti. ‘‘Avijjāya nivuto loko, [ajitāti bhagavā] Vivicchā pamādā nappakāsati; Jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi, dukkhamassa mahabbhaya’’nti.
“对于“世间被什么遮蔽”之问,世尊以“世间被无明遮蔽”阐明词句,却未给出完整的动机。对于“世间因何而不显”之问,世尊以“世间因悭吝与放逸而不显”阐明词句,却未给出完整的动机。对于“什么是它的执取”之问,世尊以“我说渴爱是它的执取”阐明词句,却未给出完整的动机。对于“什么是它的大怖畏”之问,他以“苦是它的大怖畏”作答——这纯粹就是动机。因此,世尊这样说。”巴利
‘‘Kenassu nivuto loko’’ti pañhe ‘‘avijjāya nivuto loko’’ti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ. ‘‘Kenassu nappakāsatī’’ti pañhe ‘‘vivicchā pamādā nappakāsatī’’ti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ. ‘‘Kissābhilepanaṃ brūsī’’ti pañhe ‘‘jappābhilepanaṃ brūmī’’ti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ. ‘‘Kiṃsu tassa mahabbhaya’’nti pañhe ‘‘dukkhamassa mahabbhaya’’nti suddho ārambho. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘avijjāya nivuto loko’’ti.
“ 诸流遍一切处而流,”尊者阿吉达说道:
诸流,以什么来阻挡?
请告诉我诸流的防护,以什么能遮止这些流?
“ 世间那诸流,阿吉达啊,”世尊说道。
念,是它们的遮止;
我说诸流的防护,是以慧而被封闭。巴利
‘‘Savanti sabbadhi sotā, [iccāyasmā ajito] Sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare’’ti. ‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, [ajitāti bhagavā] Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti.
“对于“一切处的诸流奔流,诸流的遮止是什么?”这一问,世尊以“世间中那些诸流,念即是它们的遮止”厘清了这一句的文义,但非发端。而当问到“请说诸流的防护,以什么能关闭诸流?”时,世尊说:‘我说诸流的防护,以慧这些得以关闭’——这才是纯粹的发端。因此世尊说:‘世间中那些诸流……’”巴利
‘‘Savanti sabbadhi sotā, sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇa’’nti pañhe ‘‘yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, sati tesaṃ nivāraṇa’’nti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ. ‘‘Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare’’ti pañhe ‘‘sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti suddho ārambho. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yāni sotāni lokasmi’’nti.
“ 慧与念,”尊者阿吉达这样问。
“ 以及名色,尊者,”
“ 我所问的,请告诉我:这在何处灭尽?”巴利
‘‘Paññā ceva sati ca, [iccāyasmā ajito] Nāmarūpañca mārisa; Etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.
“ 阿吉达,你所问的这个问题,我今为你宣说;
名与色在那里灭尽无余;
由于识的息灭,这一切便就此止息。”巴利
‘‘Yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, ajita taṃ vadāmi te; Yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati; Viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.
当开头清净时,世尊便说:“你已问了这个问题。”如此,当开头清净时,此问题便已得解。若开头不清净,此问题则尚未得解。因此,玛哈咖佳亚那尊者说:“问题已然得解。”巴利
Suddho ārambho. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchī’’ti. Yattha evaṃ suddho ārambho, so pañho visajjito bhavati. Yattha pana ārambho asuddho, na tāva so pañho visajjito bhavati. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘vissajjitamhi pañhe’’ti.
已运用净化理趣。巴利
Niyutto sodhano hāro.
14. 确立理趣分别巴利
14. Adhiṭṭhānahāravibhaṅgo
46 其中,什么是确立理趣?“以单一性所阐述的法,以及以差异性所宣说的法。”巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hāro? ‘‘Ekattatāya dhammā, yepi ca vemattatāya niddiṭṭhā’’ti.
于彼所宣说者,即应如是持守。巴利
Ye tattha niddiṭṭhā, tathā te dhārayitabbā.
“苦”是一性。什么是苦?生是苦,老是苦,病是苦,死是苦,怨憎会是苦,爱别离是苦,求不得也是苦;简而言之,五取蕴是苦:色是苦,受是苦,想是苦,行是苦,识是苦。这便是差别。巴利
‘‘Dukkha’’nti ekattatā. Tattha katamaṃ dukkhaṃ? Jāti dukkhā, jarā dukkhā, byādhi dukkho, maraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ, saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā, rūpā dukkhā, vedanā dukkhā, saññā dukkhā, saṅkhārā dukkhā, viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“苦集”是一性。什么是苦集?就是那导致再有的渴爱,与喜贪俱行,于处处乐着。也就是:欲渴爱、有渴爱、无有渴爱。这便是差别。巴利
‘‘Dukkhasamudayo’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo dukkhasamudayo? Yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī. Seyyathidaṃ, kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“苦灭”是一性。什么是苦灭?即是对那渴爱的无余离贪、灭尽、舍离、弃舍、解脱、无有依著。这便是差别。巴利
‘‘Dukkhanirodho’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo dukkhanirodho? Yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“导向苦灭的道迹”是单一名相。其中,什么是导向苦灭的道迹?正是这圣八支道,即:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。这则是差异性。巴利
‘‘Dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamā dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“道”是单一名相。其中,什么是道?即趣向地狱之道、趣向畜生界之道、趣向饿鬼界之道、趣向阿修罗界之道、趣向天界之道、趣向人界之道、趣向涅槃之道。这则是差异性。巴利
‘‘Maggo’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo maggo? Nirayagāmī maggo tiracchānayonigāmī maggo pettivisayagāmī maggo asurayoniyo maggo saggagāmiyo maggo manussagāmī maggo nibbānagāmī maggo. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“灭”是单一名相。其中,什么是灭?即正观灭、非正观灭、随贪灭、瞋恚灭、慢灭、覆藏灭、恼害灭、嫉妒灭、悭吝灭、一切烦恼灭。这则是差异性。巴利
‘‘Nirodho’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo nirodho? Paṭisaṅkhānirodho appaṭisaṅkhānirodho anunayanirodho paṭighanirodho mānanirodho makkhanirodho paḷāsanirodho issānirodho macchariyanirodho sabbakilesanirodho. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“色”是单一性。那么,什么是色?即四大种所造色,及依四大种而施设的色。那么,什么是四大种?地界、水界、火界、风界。巴利
‘‘Rūpa’’nti ekattatā. Tattha katamaṃ rūpaṃ? Cātumahābhūtikaṃ rūpaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpassa paññatti. Tattha katamāni cattāri mahābhūtāni? Pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu.
47 以两种方式审察诸界:简略与详细。如何详细审察诸界?以二十种方式详细审察地界,以十二种方式详细审察水界,以四种方式详细审察火界,以六种方式详细审察风界。巴利 注疏 1
Dvīhi ākārehi dhātuyo pariggaṇhāti saṅkhepena ca vitthārena ca. Kathaṃ vitthārena dhātuyo pariggaṇhāti? Vīsatiyā ākārehi pathavīdhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti, dvādasahi ākārehi āpodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti, catūhi ākārehi tejodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti, chahi ākārehi vāyodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.
如何以二十种方式详细审察地界?于此身中,有头发、体毛、指甲、牙齿、皮肤,肉、筋、骨、骨髓、肾脏,心脏、肝脏、肋膜、脾脏、肺脏,肠、肠间膜、胃中物、粪便,以及头颅中的脑浆。以此二十种方式详细审察地界。巴利
Katamehi vīsatiyā ākārehi pathavīdhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti? Atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ, hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ, antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ matthake matthaluṅganti imehi vīsatiyā ākārehi pathavīdhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.
如何以十二种行相详细审察水界呢?在这身体里,有胆汁、痰、脓、血、汗、脂肪、泪、膏脂、唾液、鼻涕、关节滑液和尿。即依这十二种行相详细审察水界。巴利
Katamehi dvādasahi ākārehi āpodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti? Atthi imasmiṃ kāye pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttanti imehi dvādasahi ākārehi āpodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.
如何以四种行相详细审察火界呢?藉由它身体得以温暖,藉由它身体衰老,藉由它身体炽燃,藉由它使吃下的、喝下的、咀嚼的、尝下的食物得以完全消化。即依这四种行相详细审察火界。巴利
Katamehi catūhi ākārehi tejodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti? Yena ca santappati, yena ca jīrīyati , yena ca pariḍayhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, imehi catūhi ākārehi tejodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.
如何以六种行相详细审察风界呢?有上行风、下行风、腹内风、肠内风、随行于肢体的风,以及出息与入息。即依这六种行相详细审察风界。巴利
Katamehi chahi ākārehi vāyodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti? Uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhāsayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā, assāso passāso iti, imehi chahi ākārehi vāyodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.
如此,以这四十二种方式详细审察诸界,观察、衡量、探究、洞察、省思其本质之时,他不见有任何可执取的“身体”或“身体的部分”。犹如有人在污水坑中搜寻,不见有任何可执取之物;犹如有人在垃圾堆中搜寻,不见有任何可执取之物;犹如有人在厕所中搜寻,不见有任何可执取之物;犹如有人在弃尸处搜寻,不见有任何可执取之物。同样地,以这四十二种方式如此详细审察诸界,观察、衡量、探究、洞察、省思其本质之时,他不见有任何可执取的“身体”或“身体的部分”。因此,世尊这样说道:“凡内在的地界与外在的地界,都只是地界。这‘不是我的’,‘不是我’,‘不是我的自我’——应当这样以正慧如实观察。以正慧如实照见之后,便对地界心生厌离,于地界心离贪染。凡内在的水界与外在的水界……(中略)凡内在的火界与外在的火界……(中略)凡内在的风界与外在的风界,都只是风界。这‘不是我的’,‘不是我’,‘不是我的自我’——应当这样以正慧如实观察。以正慧如实照见之后,便对风界心生厌离,于风界心离贪染。”这就是差别之相。巴利
Evaṃ imehi dvācattālīsāya ākārehi vitthārena dhātuyo sabhāvato upalakkhayanto tulayanto parivīmaṃsanto pariyogāhanto paccavekkhanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passati kāyaṃ vā kāyapadesaṃ vā, yathā candanikaṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya, yathā saṅkāraṭṭhānaṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya, yathā vaccakuṭiṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya, yathā sivathikaṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya. Evameva imehi dvācattālīsāya ākārehi evaṃ vitthārena dhātuyo sabhāvato upalakkhayanto tulayanto parivīmaṃsanto pariyogāhanto paccavekkhanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passati kāyaṃ vā kāyapadesaṃ vā. Tenāha bhagavā yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu , yā ca bāhirā pathavīdhātu, pathavīdhāturevesā. Taṃ ‘‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ, evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindati, pathavīdhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti. Yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā āpodhātu, yā ca bāhirā āpodhātu…pe… yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā tejodhātu, yā ca bāhirā tejodhātu…pe… yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā vāyodhātu, yā ca bāhirā vāyodhātu, vāyodhāturevesā. Taṃ ‘‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ, evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā vāyodhātuyā nibbindati, vāyodhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
48 “‘无明’是一个单一的门类。其中,什么是无明?即对苦的无知,对苦集的无知,对苦灭的无知,对导向苦灭之道的无知;对过去的无知,对未来的无知,对过去与未来的无知;对缘起及依缘而生起的诸法的无知。凡如此类的无知、不见、不现观、不觉了、不通达、不证得、不洞察、不观察、不审察、不现观、不现证、不作证,以及愚钝、愚痴、不正知、痴、蒙昧、迷惑、无明、无明暴流、无明轭、无明随眠、无明缠缚、无明障碍、痴、不善根——这便是其差异性。”巴利 注疏 1
‘‘Avijjā’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamā avijjā? Dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ, pubbante aññāṇaṃ, aparante aññāṇaṃ, pubbantāparante aññāṇaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇaṃ, yaṃ evarūpaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ anabhisamayo ananubodho asambodho appaṭivedho asallakkhaṇā anupalakkhaṇā apaccupalakkhaṇā asamavekkhaṇaṃ apaccakkhakammaṃ dummejjhaṃ bālyaṃ asampajaññaṃ moho pamoho sammoho avijjā avijjogho avijjāyogo avijjānusayo avijjāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ avijjālaṅgī moho akusalamūlaṃ. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“‘明’是一个单一的门类。其中,什么是明?即对苦的智,对苦集的智,对苦灭的智,对导向苦灭之道的智;对过去的智,对未来的智,对过去与未来的智;对缘起及依缘而生起的诸法的智。凡如此类的慧、了知、简择、审择、法简择、洞察、观察、审察、聪慧、善巧、精明、明辨、思虑、考察、广慧、觉慧、导引、观、正知、鞭策、慧、慧根、慧力、慧剑、慧殿堂、慧光明、慧辉耀、慧灯炬、慧宝、无痴、法简择、正见、法简择觉支、道支、为道所含摄的——这便是其差异性。”巴利
‘‘Vijjā’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamā vijjā? Dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ, pubbante ñāṇaṃ, aparante ñāṇaṃ, pubbantāparante ñāṇaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ, yā evarūpā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo saṃlakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūrī medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo maggaṅgaṃ maggapariyāpannaṃ. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“等至”是单一性。其中,什么是等至?有想等至、无想等至、非想非非想等至,想已坏灭等至与灭等至。这便是差异性。巴利
‘‘Samāpattī’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamā samāpatti? Saññāsamāpatti asaññāsamāpatti, nevasaññānāsaññāsamāpatti. Vibhūtasaññāsamāpatti nirodhasamāpattīti. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“禅修者”是同一种类。其中,什么是禅修者?有学禅修者、无学禅修者、非有学非无学禅修者;如良马之禅修者、如劣马之禅修者;以见为上首之禅修者、以渴爱为上首之禅修者、以慧为上首之禅修者。这便是差异性。巴利
‘‘Jhāyī’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo jhāyī? Atthi sekkho jhāyī, atthi asekkho jhāyī, nevasekkhanāsekkho jhāyī, ājāniyo jhāyī, assakhaluṅko jhāyī, diṭṭhuttaro jhāyī, taṇhuttaro jhāyī, paññuttaro jhāyī. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“定”是同一种类。其中,什么是定?有诤之定、无诤之定,有怨之定、无怨之定,有恼害之定、无恼害之定,有喜之定、无喜之定,有染着之定、无染着之定,有行作之定、无行作之定,单面修习之定、双面修习之定、两面修习之定,有寻有伺之定、无寻唯伺之定、无寻无伺之定,退分之定、住分之定、胜分之定、决择分之定,世间之定、出世间之定,邪定、正定。这便是差异性。巴利
‘‘Samādhī’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo samādhi? Saraṇo samādhi, araṇo samādhi, savero samādhi, avero samādhi, sabyāpajjo samādhi, abyāpajjo samādhi, sappītiko samādhi, nippītiko samādhi, sāmiso samādhi, nirāmiso samādhi, sasaṅkhāro samādhi, asaṅkhāro samādhi, ekaṃsabhāvito samādhi, ubhayaṃsabhāvito samādhi, ubhayato bhāvitabhāvano samādhi, savitakkasavicāro samādhi, avitakkavicāramatto samādhi, avitakkaavicāro samādhi, hānabhāgiyo samādhi, ṭhitibhāgiyo samādhi, visesabhāgiyo samādhi, nibbedhabhāgiyo samādhi, lokiyo samādhi, lokuttaro samādhi, micchāsamādhi, sammāsamādhi. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“行道”是指其统一性。什么是行道呢?有粗猛行道、煎熬行道、中行道,难忍行道、安忍行道、平等行道、调伏行道,苦行道而迟通达、苦行道而速通达、乐行道而迟通达、乐行道而速通达。这是差异性。巴利
‘‘Paṭipadā’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamā paṭipadā? Āgāḷhapaṭipadā , nijjhāmapaṭipadā, majjhimapaṭipadā, akkhamā paṭipadā, khamā paṭipadā, samā paṭipadā, damā paṭipadā , dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññāti. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
“身”是指其统一性。什么是身呢?名身与色身。其中,什么是色身?头发、体毛、指甲、牙齿、皮肤、肌肉、筋腱、骨骼、骨髓、肾脏、心脏、肝脏、肋膜、脾脏、肺脏、肠、肠间膜、胃中物、粪便、胆汁、痰、脓、血、汗、脂肪、泪、油脂、唾液、鼻涕、关节滑液、尿、脑。这是色身。什么是名身?受、想、思、心、触、作意。这是名身。这即是差异性。巴利
‘‘Kāyo’’ti ekattatā. Tattha katamo kāyo? Nāmakāyo rūpakāyo ca. Tattha katamo rūpakāyo? Kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttaṃ matthaluṅganti – ayaṃ rūpakāyo. Nāmakāyo nāma vedanā saññā cetanā cittaṃ phasso manasikāroti – ayaṃ nāmakāyoti. Ayaṃ vemattatā.
如此,若有一法与另一法共通,该法便因统一性而与彼法合为一体。然而,在哪方面特征不同,便在那方面形成差异。因此,在经、记说或偈颂中,面对提问者,应当审察:他是依统一性而问,还是依差异性而问?若是依统一性而问,便应以统一性作答;若是依差异性而问,便应以差异性作答。若是依众生立场而问,便应依众生立场作答;若是依法立场而问,便应依法立场作答。简单说,随其发问的方式,便以那种方式应对。所以,尊者玛哈咖佳亚那说:“诸法由统一性而……”巴利
Evaṃ yo dhammo yassa dhammassa samānabhāvo, so dhammo tassa dhammassa ekattatāya ekī bhavati. Yena yena vā pana vilakkhaṇo, tena tena vemattaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ sutte vā veyyākaraṇe vā gāthāyaṃ vā pucchitena vīmaṃsayitabbaṃ, kiṃ ekattatāya pucchati, udāhu vemattatāyāti. Yadi ekattatāya pucchitaṃ, ekattatāya visajjayitabbaṃ. Yadi vemattatāya pucchitaṃ, vemattatāya visajjayitabbaṃ. Yadi sattādhiṭṭhānena pucchitaṃ, sattādhiṭṭhānena visajjayitabbaṃ. Yadi dhammādhiṭṭhānena pucchitaṃ, dhammādhiṭṭhānena visajjayitabbaṃ. Yathā yathā vā pana pucchitaṃ, tathā tathā visajjayitabbaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘ekattatāya dhammā’’ti.
已运用确立理趣。巴利
Niyutto adhiṭṭhāno hāro.
15. 资具理趣分别巴利
15. Parikkhārahāravibhaṅgo
49 其中,什么是资具理趣?即:“那些法引生那个法。”巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo parikkhāro hāro? ‘‘Ye dhammā yaṃ dhammaṃ janayantī’’ti.
当一个法产生另一个法时,它便是该法的资助。资助的特征是什么?能生的特征即是资助。法由两种法所生:因与缘。其中,因的特征是什么,缘的特征又是什么?不共的特征是因,共的特征是缘。例如,芽的产生,种子是不共的,地和水是共的。对于芽而言,地与水为缘,自性为因。又如,罐中牛奶变为凝乳时,并不存在牛奶与凝乳同时并住的情况。同样,因与缘也非同时并住。巴利
Yo dhammo yaṃ dhammaṃ janayati, tassa so parikkhāro. Kiṃlakkhaṇo parikkhāro? Janakalakkhaṇo parikkhāro. Dve dhammā janayanti hetu ca paccayo ca. Tattha kiṃlakkhaṇo hetu, kiṃlakkhaṇo paccayo? Asādhāraṇalakkhaṇo hetu, sādhāraṇalakkhaṇo paccayo. Yathā kiṃ bhave? Yathā aṅkurassa nibbattiyā bījaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ, pathavī āpo ca sādhāraṇā. Aṅkurassa hi pathavī āpo ca paccayo sabhāvo hetu. Yathā vā pana ghaṭe duddhaṃ pakkhittaṃ dadhi bhavati, na catthi ekakālasamavadhānaṃ duddhassa ca dadhissa ca. Evamevaṃ natthi ekakālasamavadhānaṃ hetussa ca paccayassa ca.
此轮回正是由因、由缘而生。如所说:以无明为缘而有诸行,以诸行为缘而有识,如是乃至整个缘起。由此,无明以无明为因,以不如理作意为缘。前分无明是后分无明的因。其中,前分无明是无明随眠,后分无明是无明缠缚;前分无明随眠作为后分无明缠缚的因,以资益的方式存在,如种子与芽的关系,依无间因性而存在。而某一结果在哪里生起,那事物便以辗转因性而成为它的因。因为因有两种:无间因与辗转因。同样,对无明而言,因也有这两种:无间因与辗转因。巴利
Ayañhi saṃsāro sahetu sappaccayo nibbatto. Vuttaṃ hi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo. Iti avijjā avijjāya hetu ayoniso manasikāro paccayo. Purimikā avijjā pacchimikāya avijjāya hetu. Tattha purimikā avijjā avijjānusayo pacchimikā avijjā avijjāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ, purimiko avijjānusayo pacchimikassa avijjāpariyuṭṭhānassa hetubhūto paribrūhanāya, bījaṅkuro viya samanantarahetutāya. Yaṃ pana yattha phalaṃ nibbattati, idamassa paramparahetutāya hetubhūtaṃ. Duvidho hi hetu samanantarahetu paramparahetu ca, evaṃ avijjāyapi duvidho hetu samanantarahetu paramparahetu ca.
又如,灯盏、灯芯与油是灯生起的缘,而非自性因,因为若无火,则灯盏、灯芯与油无法被点亮,仅为灯的缘。如灯那样的自性方为因。因此,自性是因,他性是缘;内在为因,外在为缘;能生为因,能持为缘;不共为因,共为缘。巴利
Yathā vā pana thālakañca vaṭṭi ca telañca padīpassa paccayabhūtaṃ na sabhāvahetu, na hi sakkā thālakañca vaṭṭiñca telañca anaggikaṃ dīpetuṃ padīpassa paccayabhūtaṃ. Padīpo viya sabhāvo hetu hoti. Iti sabhāvo hetu, parabhāvo paccayo. Ajjhattiko hetu, bāhiro paccayo. Janako hetu, pariggāhako paccayo. Asādhāraṇo hetu, sādhāraṇo paccayo.
不断灭之义,即是相续之义;相续之义,即是生起之义;生起之义,即是果之义;果之义,即是结生之义;结生之义,即是再有之义;再有之义,即是障碍之义;障碍之义,即是缠缚之义;缠缚之义,即是不根除之义;不根除之义,即是随眠之义;随眠之义,即是不证知之义;不证知之义,即是无明之义;无明之义,即是有漏识未被遍知之义;有漏识未被遍知之义,即是种子之义。凡有不断灭,则有相续;凡有相续,则有生起;凡有生起,则有果;凡有果,则有结生;凡有结生,则有再有;凡有再有,则有障碍;凡有障碍,则有缠缚;凡有缠缚,则有不根除;凡有不根除,则有随眠;凡有随眠,则有不证知;凡有不证知,则有无明;凡有无明,则有有漏识未被遍知;凡有有漏识未被遍知,则有种子之义。巴利
Avupacchedattho santati attho, nibbatti attho phalattho, paṭisandhi attho punabbhavattho, palibodhattho pariyuṭṭhānattho, asamugghātattho anusayattho, asampaṭivedhattho avijjattho, apariññātattho viññāṇassa bījattho. Yattha avupacchedo tattha santati, yattha santati tattha nibbatti , yattha nibbatti tattha phalaṃ, yattha phalaṃ tattha paṭisandhi, yattha paṭisandhi tattha punabbhavo, yattha punabbhavo tattha palibodho, yattha palibodho tattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ, yattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ tattha asamugghāto. Yattha asamugghāto tattha anusayo, yattha anusayo tattha asampaṭivedho, yattha asampaṭivedho tattha avijjā, yattha avijjā tattha sāsavaṃ viññāṇaṃ apariññātaṃ, yattha sāsavaṃ viññāṇaṃ apariññātaṃ tattha bījattho.
戒蕴是定蕴的缘,定蕴是慧蕴的缘,慧蕴是解脱蕴的缘,解脱蕴是解脱知见蕴的缘。知时节是知量的缘,知量是知足的缘,知足是知己的缘。巴利
Sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandhassa paccayo, samādhikkhandho paññākkhandhassa paccayo, paññākkhandho vimuttikkhandhassa paccayo, vimuttikkhandho vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhassa paccayo. Titthaññutā pītaññutāya paccayo, pītaññutā pattaññutāya paccayo, pattaññutā attaññutāya paccayo.
再者,依于眼与色,眼识生起。这其中,眼以增上缘为缘,色以所缘缘为缘,光明以依止缘为缘,而作意则以自性为因。诸行是识的缘,以自性为因;识是名色的缘,以自性为因;名色是六处的缘,以自性为因;六处是触的缘,以自性为因;触是受的缘,以自性为因;受是渴爱的缘,以自性为因;渴爱是取的缘,以自性为因;取是有的缘,以自性为因;有是生的缘,以自性为因;生是老死的缘,以自性为因;老死是愁的缘,以自性为因;愁是悲的缘,以自性为因;悲是苦的缘,以自性为因;苦是忧的缘,以自性为因;忧是恼的缘,以自性为因。如此,凡是有所依止的,这一切皆为资具。因此,玛哈咖佳亚那尊者说:“凡令某法生起之法。”巴利
Yathā vā pana cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Tattha cakkhu ādhipateyyapaccayatāya paccayo, rūpā ārammaṇapaccayatāya paccayo. Āloko sannissayatāya paccayo, manasikāro sabhāvo hetu . Saṅkhārā viññāṇassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Nāmarūpaṃ saḷāyatanassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Saḷāyatanaṃ phassassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Phasso vedanāya paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Vedanā taṇhāya paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Taṇhā upādānassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Upādānaṃ bhavassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Bhavo jātiyā paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Jāti jarāmaraṇassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Jarāmaraṇaṃ sokassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Soko paridevassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Paridevo dukkhassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Dukkhaṃ domanassassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Domanassaṃ upāyāsassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu. Evaṃ yo koci upanissayo sabbo so parikkhāro. Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘ye dhammā yaṃ dhammaṃ janayantī’’ti.
已运用资具理趣。巴利
Niyutto parikkhāro hāro.
16. 安立理趣分别巴利
16. Samāropanahāravibhaṅgo
50 其中,什么是安立理趣?即“那些以何为根的法,以及被牟尼宣说为同一意义的法”。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo samāropano hāro? ‘‘Ye dhammā yaṃmūlā, ye cekatthā pakāsitā muninā’’ti.
在一个立足处中,有多少立足处被含摄,所有这些都应予以安立。正如在转回理趣中,有众多立足处被含摄一般。其中,安立有四种:依立足处、依同义语、依修习、依断除。巴利
Ekasmiṃ padaṭṭhāne yattakāni padaṭṭhānāni otaranti, sabbāni tāni samāropayitabbāni. Yathā āvaṭṭe hāre bahukāni padaṭṭhānāni otarantīti. Tattha samāropanā catubbidhā padaṭṭhānaṃ, vevacanaṃ, bhāvanā, pahānamiti.
其中,什么是依立足处的安立?巴利
Tattha katamā padaṭṭhānena samāropanā?
“ 不作一切恶,具足诸善法,
净化自心,这就是诸佛的教法。”巴利
‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā; Sacittapariyodapanaṃ, etaṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti.
什么是它的立足处?便是三种善行——身善行、语善行、意善行。于此,身与语的善行属于戒蕴;意善行中的无贪与无瞋属于定蕴;正见属于慧蕴。在这立足处中,戒蕴与定蕴为止,慧蕴为观。在这立足处中,止的果是由于离贪而心解脱,观的果是由于离无明而慧解脱。这便是立足处。巴利
Tassa kiṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ? Tīṇi sucaritāni – kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ – idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ; tattha yaṃ kāyikañca vācasikañca sucaritaṃ, ayaṃ sīlakkhandho. Manosucarite yā anabhijjhā abyāpādo ca, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho. Yā sammādiṭṭhi, ayaṃ paññākkhandho. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha sīlakkhandho ca samādhikkhandho ca samatho, paññākkhandho vipassanā. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha samathassa phalaṃ rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, vipassanā phalaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
“林”是“林欲”的立足处。什么是林?什么是林欲?五种欲乐名为林,渴爱名为林欲。这就是立足处。取“女人”或“男人”之相,名为林;取其各个肢体随相,想着“眼睛多美、耳朵多美、鼻子多美、舌头多美、身体多美”,名为林欲。这就是立足处。未被遍知的六内外处名为林;缘于内外二者而生起的结缚,名为林欲。这就是立足处。随眠名为林,缠名为林欲。这就是立足处。因此世尊说:“斩断林与林欲。”这就是依立足处而安立。巴利
Vanaṃ vanathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kiñca vanaṃ? Ko ca vanatho? Vanaṃ nāma pañca kāmaguṇā, taṇhā vanatho. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vanaṃ nāma nimittaggāho ‘‘itthī’’ti vā ‘‘puriso’’ti vā. Vanatho nāma tesaṃ tesaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ anubyañjanaggāho ‘‘aho cakkhu, aho sotaṃ, aho ghānaṃ, aho jivhā, aho kāyo, iti. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vanaṃ nāma cha ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni apariññātāni. Yaṃ tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ, ayaṃ vanatho. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vanaṃ nāma anusayo. Vanatho nāma pariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘chetvā vanañca vanathañcā’’ti. Ayaṃ padaṭṭhānena samāropanā.
51 其中,如何依同义词而安立?因离贪而心解脱,是为有学果;因离无明而慧解脱,是为无学果。此为同义词。因离贪而心解脱,是为不来果;因离无明而慧解脱,是为最高果、阿拉汉果。此为同义词。因离贪而心解脱,是超越欲界;因离无明而慧解脱,是超越三界。此为同义词。慧根、慧力、增上慧学、慧蕴、择法觉支、舍觉支、智、正见、审察、妙观察、惭、观、法之智——所有这一切皆是同义词。这便是依同义词而安立。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamā vevacanena samāropanā? Rāgavirāgā cetovimutti sekkhaphalaṃ; avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti asekkhaphalaṃ. Idaṃ vevacanaṃ. Rāgavirāgā cetovimutti anāgāmiphalaṃ; avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ. Idaṃ vevacanaṃ. Rāgavirāgā cetovimutti kāmadhātusamatikkamanaṃ; avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti tedhātusamatikkamanaṃ. Idaṃ vevacanaṃ. Paññindriyaṃ, paññābalaṃ, adhipaññāsikkhā, paññākkhandho, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo, ñāṇaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi, tīraṇā, santīraṇā, hirī, vipassanā, dhamme ñāṇaṃ, sabbaṃ, idaṃ vevacanaṃ. Ayaṃ vevacanena samāropanā.
其中,什么是修习的等起?正如世尊所说:“因此,比丘,你应当于身随观身而住,精勤、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪忧。”精勤者,即精进根。正知者,即慧根。具念者,即念根。调伏世间贪忧者,即定根。如此于身随观身而住时,四念处便修习圆满。何以故?因四根的同一相。当四念处被修习时,四正勤便修习圆满;当四正勤被修习时,四神足便修习圆满;当四神足被修习时,五根便修习圆满。如此,一切皆是。何以故?因为一切觉支法都是菩提分法,以出离相为其一相,它们因同一相而修习圆满。这就是修习的等起。巴利
Tattha katamā bhāvanāya samāropanā? Yathāha bhagavā ‘‘tasmātiha tvaṃ bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharāhi, ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ’’. Ātāpīti vīriyindriyaṃ. Sampajānoti paññindriyaṃ. Satimāti satindriyaṃ. Vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassanti samādhindriyaṃ. Evaṃ kāye kāyānupassino viharato cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Kena kāraṇena? Ekalakkhaṇattā catunnaṃ indriyānaṃ. Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Catūsu sammappadhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro iddhipādā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Catūsu iddhipādesu bhāviyamānesu pañcindriyāni bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Evaṃ sabbe . Kena kāraṇena? Sabbe hi bodhaṅgamā dhammā bodhipakkhiyā niyyānikalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā, te ekalakkhaṇattā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti. Ayaṃ bhāvanāya samāropanā.
其中,怎样是通过断除而得以确立呢?于身随观身而住,他断除“于不净计净”的颠倒;他的段食得到遍知;由欲取而成无取,从欲缚中脱离,从贪欲身系中脱离;由欲漏成为无漏,渡越欲流,从贪箭成为离箭;他以色为依止的识住得到遍知,于色界的贪被断除,不走向欲趣。巴利
Tattha katamā pahānena samāropanā? Kāye kāyānupassī viharanto ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, kabaḷīkāro cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, kāmupādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, kāmayogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, abhijjhākāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, kāmāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, kāmoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, rāgasallena ca visallo bhavati, rūpūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, rūpadhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca chandāgatiṃ gacchati.
于受随观受而住,他断除“于苦计乐”的颠倒;他的触食得到遍知;由有取而成无取,从有缚中脱离,从嗔恚身系中脱离;由有漏成为无漏,渡越有流,从嗔箭成为离箭;他以受为依止的识住得到遍知,于受界的贪被断除,不走向嗔趣。巴利
Vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, phasso cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, bhavūpādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, bhavayogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, byāpādakāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, bhavāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, bhavoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, dosasallena ca visallo bhavati, vedanūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, vedanādhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca dosāgatiṃ gacchati.
于心随观心而住,他断除“于无常计常”的颠倒;他的识食得到遍知;由见取而成无取,从见缚中脱离,从戒禁取身系中脱离;由见漏成为无漏,渡越见流,从慢箭成为离箭;他以想为依止的识住得到遍知,于想界的贪被断除,不走向怖趣。巴利
Citte cittānupassī viharanto ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, viññāṇaṃ cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, diṭṭhupādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, diṭṭhiyogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, sīlabbataparāmāsakāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, diṭṭhāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, diṭṭhoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, mānasallena ca visallo bhavati, saññūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, saññādhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca bhayāgatiṃ gacchati.
安住于法随观法时,他断除了“于无我中执我”的颠倒;他的意思食得以遍知;因遍知我论取,而成为无取;从无明缚中解脱;脱离“此是真实”的执著身系;从无明漏中成为无漏;渡越无明流;从痴箭中解脱,成为离箭;他遍知了依行而转起的识住;对行界的贪得以断除,不再走向痴趣。这便是由断除而达成的安住。巴利
Dhammesu dhammānupassī viharanto ‘‘anattani attā’’ti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, manosañcetanā cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, attavādupādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, avijjāyogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, avijjāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, avijjoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, mohasallena ca visallo bhavati , saṅkhārūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, saṅkhāradhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca mohāgatiṃ gacchati. Ayaṃ pahānena samāropanā.
因此,尊者玛哈咖佳亚那说:巴利
Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano –
“ 那些以何为根的法,以及牟尼宣说为同一义的法;”
应把它们这样归入,这就是安立理趣。巴利
‘‘Ye dhammā yaṃ mūlā, ye cekatthā pakāsitā muninā; Te samāropayitabbā, esa samāropano hāro’’ti.
已运用安立理趣。巴利
Niyutto samāropano hāro.
一、教说理趣会合巴利
1. Desanāhārasampāto
52 “ 先依十六种理趣,以方位之眼遍观诸方之后,
先用铁钩钩取要义,再以三种引导方法阐明经教。”巴利 注疏 1
‘‘Soḷasa hārā paṭhamaṃ, disalocanato disā viloketvā. Saṅkhipiya aṅkusena hi, nayehi tīhi niddise sutta’’nti.
如上所说,那么,对它的解说应当从何处去了解呢?可从“摄之通达处”去了解。其中,什么是教说理趣会合呢?巴利
Vuttā, tassā niddeso kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbo? Hārasampāte. Tattha katamo desanāhārasampāto?
“ 心未受守护,复为邪见所摧破,
为昏沉与睡眠所制伏,他便落入魔的掌中。”巴利
‘‘Arakkhitena cittena , micchādiṭṭhihatena ca; Thinamiddhābhibhūtena, vasaṃ mārassa gacchatī’’ti.
“以未守护之心”——他教导什么呢?“放逸即是那通往死亡的一步。”这就是说,当一个人把无常视作恒常时,便被称为为邪见所摧坏。此即颠倒。这颠倒的特征是什么?颠倒的特征是执取相反。它颠倒什么呢?它颠倒三种法:想、心、见。它于何处颠倒呢?在四种自体的处所上:他观色是我,或认为我拥有色,或认为色在我中,或认为我在色中。同样地,对于受、想、行、识,他也观识是我,或认为我拥有识,或认为识在我中,或认为我在识中。巴利
Arakkhitena cittenā ti kiṃ desayati, pamādaṃ taṃ maccuno padaṃ. Micchādiṭṭhihatena cā ti micchādiṭṭhihataṃ nāma vuccati yadā ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti passati, so vipallāso. So pana vipallāso kiṃlakkhaṇo? Viparītaggāhalakkhaṇo vipallāso. So kiṃ vipallāsayati? Tayo dhamme saññaṃ cittaṃ diṭṭhimiti. So kuhiṃ vipallāsayati? Catūsu attabhāvavatthūsu, rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Evaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ…pe… saṅkhāre…pe… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ.
于中,色是第一种颠倒的处所,即“以不净为净”;受是第二种颠倒的处所,即“以苦为乐”;想与行是第三种颠倒的处所,即“以无我为我”;识是第四种颠倒的处所,即“以无常为常”。有两种法令心杂染:渴爱与无明。为渴爱所覆之心,由两种颠倒而颠倒:“以不净为净”与“以苦为乐”。为见所覆之心,由两种颠倒而颠倒:“以无常为常”与“以无我为我”。巴利
Tattha rūpaṃ paṭhamaṃ vipallāsavatthu ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti. Vedanā dutiyaṃ vipallāsavatthu ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti. Saññā saṅkhārā ca tatiyaṃ vipallāsavatthu ‘‘anattani attā’’ti. Viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ vipallāsavatthu ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti. Dve dhammā cittassa saṃkilesā – taṇhā ca avijjā ca. Taṇhānivutaṃ cittaṃ dvīhi vipallāsehi vipallāsīyati ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti. Diṭṭhinivutaṃ cittaṃ dvīhi vipallāsehi vipallāsīyati ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti ‘‘anattani attā’’ti.
其中,凡属见颠倒者,则观过去之色为我,观过去之受、想、行、识为我。凡属渴爱颠倒者,则欢喜未来之色,欢喜未来之受、想、行、识。有两种法是心的随烦恼:渴爱与无明。当心从这两者中清净时,心便得清净。那些为无明所障、为渴爱所缚而流转轮回的众生——或时在地狱,或时在畜生界,或时在饿鬼道,或时在阿修罗身,或时在天界,或时在人道——他们的前际是不可见其尽头的。巴利
Tattha yo diṭṭhivipallāso, so atītaṃ rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, atītaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… atītaṃ saññaṃ, atīte saṅkhāre…pe… atītaṃ viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati. Tattha yo taṇhāvipallāso, so anāgataṃ rūpaṃ abhinandati, anāgataṃ vedanaṃ…pe… anāgataṃ saññaṃ, anāgate saṅkhāre, anāgataṃ viññāṇaṃ abhinandati. Dve dhammā cittassa upakkilesā – taṇhā ca avijjā ca. Tāhi visujjhantaṃ cittaṃ visujjhati. Tesaṃ avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ pubbā koṭi na paññāyati sandhāvantānaṃ saṃsarantānaṃ sakiṃ nirayaṃ sakiṃ tiracchānayoniṃ sakiṃ pettivisayaṃ sakiṃ asurakāyaṃ sakiṃ deve sakiṃ manusse.
所谓昏沉,即心的不适业与不堪任;所谓睡眠,即身的沉重无力。此乃此人屈服于烦恼魔与众生魔,因被覆盖而趣向轮回。世尊教导了这两项真理——苦与集。为遍知苦、为断除集,世尊说法。用以遍知与断除的,正是道;爱欲与无明的断除,即是灭。这便是四圣谛。因此,世尊说“以未守护的心……”云云。也正因此,玛哈咖佳亚那尊者说应从“味与过患的角度”加以审察。巴利
Thinamiddhābhibhūtenā ti. Thinaṃ nāma yā cittassa akallatā akammaniyatā; middhaṃ nāma yaṃ kāyassa līnattaṃ. Vasaṃ mārassa gacchatī ti kilesamārassa ca sattamārassa ca vasaṃ gacchati, so hi nivuto saṃsārābhimukho hoti. Imāni bhagavatā dve saccāni desitāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca. Tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya ca pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya. Yena ca parijānāti yena ca pajahati, ayaṃ maggo. Yaṃ taṇhāya avijjāya ca pahānaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘arakkhitena cittenā’’ti. Tenāhāyasmā mahākaccāyano ‘‘assādādīnavatā’’ti.
已运用教说理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto desanā hārasampāto.
二、抉择理趣会合巴利
2. Vicayahārasampāto
53 其中,什么是抉择理趣会合?在此,渴爱有两种:善与不善。不善的渴爱导向轮回,善的渴爱则是趋向灭尽的断渴爱。慢也有两种:善与不善。依于慢而舍离慢的那种慢,是善的慢;引生苦的慢,则是不善的慢。当基于出离的忧生起时,有人心想:“我何时才能亲身证入并安住于圣者们所证入和安住的寂静境界?”于是生起渴望,由渴望而生忧。这种渴爱是善的,因为导向离贪,是心解脱。以同一所缘,善的、由无明离贪而得的,是慧解脱。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo vicayo hārasampāto? Tattha taṇhā duvidhā kusalāpi akusalāpi. Akusalā saṃsāragāminī, kusalā apacayagāminī pahānataṇhā. Mānopi duvidho kusalopi akusalopi. Yaṃ mānaṃ nissāya mānaṃ pajahati, ayaṃ māno kusalo. Yo pana māno dukkhaṃ nibbattayati, ayaṃ māno akusalo. Tattha yaṃ nekkhammasitaṃ domanassaṃ kudāssunāmāhaṃ taṃ āyatanaṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissaṃ yaṃ ariyā santaṃ āyatanaṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti tassa uppajjati pihā, pihāpaccayā domanassaṃ, ayaṃ taṇhā kusalā rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, tadārammaṇā kusalā avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti.
对它的详审是什么?就是八支圣道:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。这应当在哪里见到?在第四禅那的圆满中。因为在第四禅那,修行者修习成就具足八支的心:清净、洁白、无瑕、远离随烦恼、柔软、堪任、稳固、达到不动。那时,他获得八种成就:六神通和两殊胜。他的心从纯净而洁白,从洁白而无瑕,从无瑕而远离随烦恼,从远离随烦恼而柔软,从柔软而堪任,从堪任而稳固,从稳固而达到不动。其中,瑕和随烦恼,这两者属于渴爱的部分;而心的动摇与不稳固,属于见的部分。巴利
Tassā ko pavicayo? Aṭṭha maggaṅgāni sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi. So kattha daṭṭhabbo? Catutthe jhāne pāramitāya. Catutthe hi jhāne aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ cittaṃ bhāvayati parisuddhaṃ pariyodātaṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ vigatūpakkilesaṃ mudu kammaniyaṃ ṭhitaṃ āneñjappattaṃ. So tattha aṭṭhavidhaṃ adhigacchati cha abhiññā dve ca visese, taṃ cittaṃ yato parisuddhaṃ, tato pariyodātaṃ, yato pariyodātaṃ , tato anaṅgaṇaṃ, yato anaṅgaṇaṃ, tato vigatūpakkilesaṃ, yato vigatūpakkilesaṃ, tato mudu, yato mudu, tato kammaniyaṃ, yato kammaniyaṃ, tato ṭhitaṃ, yato ṭhitaṃ, tato āneñjappattaṃ. Tattha aṅgaṇā ca upakkilesā ca tadubhayaṃ taṇhāpakkho. Yā ca iñjanā yā ca cittassa aṭṭhiti, ayaṃ diṭṭhipakkho.
在第四禅那,苦根、忧根、乐根、喜根这四根止息,唯余舍根。他作意上方的等至为寂静。当他作意上方的等至为寂静时,于第四禅那中,粗想现起,并伴有厌倦与有对想。他彻底超越色想、令有对想消失、不作意种种想,亲身证得“虚空无边”的虚空无边处等至并安住其中。神通所缘、色想、差别、种种想皆被超越,他的有对想彻底消失。这样,对于那入定者,定的光明和色的景象都消失了。如此具足六支的定应当被观察。“我对整个世间的心已无贪求相伴,我对一切众生的心已无瞋害,我的精进已激发并策励,我的身体已轻安不躁动,我的心已入定不散乱,我的念已现前不忘失。”其中,“我对整个世间的心已无贪求相伴”“我对一切众生的心已无瞋害”“我的精进已激发并策励”“我的心已入定不散乱”,这是止。“我的身体已轻安不躁动”,这是定的资具。“我的念已现前不忘失”,这是观。巴利
Cattāri indriyāni dukkhindriyaṃ domanassindriyaṃ sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyañca catutthajjhāne nirujjhanti, tassa upekkhindriyaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ bhavati. So uparimaṃ samāpattiṃ santato manasikaroti, tassa uparimaṃ samāpattiṃ santato manasikaroto catutthajjhāne oḷārikā saññā saṇṭhahati ukkaṇṭhā ca paṭighasaññā, so sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘‘anantaṃ ākāsa’’nti ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Abhiññābhinīhāro rūpasaññā vokāro nānattasaññā samatikkamati paṭighasaññā cassa abbhatthaṃ gacchati, evaṃ samādhi tassa samāhitassa obhāso antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānaṃ, so samādhi chaḷaṅgasamannāgato paccavekkhitabbo . Anabhijjhāsahagataṃ me mānasaṃ sabbaloke, abyāpannaṃ me cittaṃ sabbasattesu, āraddhaṃ me vīriyaṃ paggahitaṃ, passaddho me kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ me cittaṃ avikkhittaṃ, upaṭṭhitā me sati asammuṭṭhā , tattha yañca anabhijjhāsahagataṃ mānasaṃ sabbaloke yañca abyāpannaṃ cittaṃ sabbasattesu yañca āraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ paggahitaṃ yañca samāhitaṃ cittaṃ avikkhittaṃ, ayaṃ samatho. Yo passaddho kāyo asāraddho, ayaṃ samādhiparikkhāro. Yā upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā ayaṃ vipassanā.
54 此定当以五种方式了知:“此定有现世乐”——如是,便有自内智见现前;“此定有未来乐果报”——如是,便有自内智见现前;“此定是圣的、离染的”——如是,便有自内智见现前;“此定不为恶人所修习”——如是,便有自内智见现前;“此定寂静、微妙、得轻安、证专一,非以造作强行压制而成就”——如是,便有自内智见现前。再者,对于此定,“我正念入定,正念出定”——如是,亦有自内智见现前。其中,有现世乐的定、有未来乐果报的定,这是止;而圣的、离染的定,不为恶人所修习的定,寂静、微妙、得轻安、证专一、非以造作压制而成就的定,以及“我正念入定,正念出定”,这是观。巴利 注疏 1
So samādhi pañcavidhena veditabbo. Ayaṃ samādhi ‘‘paccuppannasukho’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi ‘‘āyatiṃ sukhavipāko’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi ‘‘ariyo nirāmiso’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi ‘‘akāpurisasevito’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi ‘‘santo ceva paṇīto ca paṭippassaddhiladdho ca ekodibhāvādhigato ca na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato cā’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati. Taṃ kho panimaṃ samādhiṃ ‘‘sato samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmī’’ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati. Tattha yo ca samādhi paccuppannasukho yo ca samādhi āyatiṃ sukhavipāko ayaṃ samatho. Yo ca samādhi ariyo nirāmiso, yo ca samādhi akāpurisasevito, yo ca samādhi santo ceva paṇīto paṭippassaddhiladdho ca ekodibhāvādhigato ca na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato ca yañcāhaṃ taṃ kho panimaṃ samādhiṃ sato samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmīti, ayaṃ vipassanā.
此定又当以五种方式了知:喜遍满、乐遍满、心遍满、光明遍满、观察相。其中,喜遍满、乐遍满、心遍满,属于止;光明遍满与观察相,属于观。巴利
So samādhi pañcavidhena veditabbo pītipharaṇatā sukhapharaṇatā cetopharaṇatā ālokapharaṇatā paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ. Tattha yo ca pītipharaṇo yo ca sukhapharaṇo yo ca cetopharaṇo, ayaṃ samatho. Yo ca ālokapharaṇo yañca paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ. Ayaṃ vipassanā.
55 十遍处:地遍、水遍、火遍、风遍、青遍、黄遍、赤遍、白遍、虚空遍、识遍。其中,地遍、水遍……乃至白遍,这八种遍是止;虚空遍与识遍,此二是观。如是,圣道无论以何种方式被宣说,都应当以该方式将止与观结合。它们由三法所统摄:无常性、苦性、无我性。如此修习止观者,便修习三种解脱门;修习三种解脱门者,便修习三蕴;修习三蕴者,便修习圣八支道。巴利 注疏 1
Dasa kasiṇāyatanāni pathavīkasiṇaṃ āpokasiṇaṃ tejokasiṇaṃ vāyokasiṇaṃ nīlakasiṇaṃ pītakasiṇaṃ lohitakasiṇaṃ odātakasiṇaṃ ākāsakasiṇaṃ viññāṇakasiṇaṃ. Tattha yañca pathavīkasiṇaṃ yañca āpokasiṇaṃ evaṃ sabbaṃ, yañca odātakasiṇaṃ. Imāni aṭṭha kasiṇāni samatho. Yañca ākāsakasiṇaṃ yañca viññāṇakasiṇaṃ, ayaṃ vipassanā. Evaṃ sabbo ariyo maggo yena yena ākārena vutto, tena tena samathavipassanena yojayitabbo. Te tīhi dhammehi saṅgahitā aniccatāya dukkhatāya anattatāya. So samathavipassanaṃ bhāvayamāno tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni bhāvayati. Tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni bhāvayanto tayo khandhe bhāvayati. Tayo khandhe bhāvayanto ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvayati.
贪行之人依无相解脱门出离。他修学增上心学,断除贪不善根;不触及会生起乐受的触,遍知乐受;排遣贪垢,抖落贪尘,吐出贪毒,熄灭贪火,拔出贪箭,解开贪结。嗔行之人依无愿解脱门出离。他修学增上戒学,断除嗔不善根;不触及会生起苦受的触,遍知苦受;排遣嗔垢,抖落嗔尘,吐出嗔毒,熄灭嗔火,拔出嗔箭,解开嗔结。痴行之人依空解脱门出离。他修学增上慧学,断除痴不善根;不触及会生起不苦不乐受的触,遍知不苦不乐受;排遣痴垢,抖落痴尘,吐出痴毒,熄灭痴火,拔出痴箭,解开痴结。巴利
Rāgacarito puggalo animittena vimokkhamukhena niyyāti adhicittasikkhāya sikkhanto lobhaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pajahanto sukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ anupagacchanto sukhaṃ vedanaṃ parijānanto rāgamalaṃ pavāhento rāgarajaṃ niddhunanto rāgavisaṃ vamento rāgaggiṃ nibbāpento rāgasallaṃ uppāṭento rāgajaṭaṃ vijaṭento. Dosacarito puggalo appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena niyyāti adhisīlasikkhāya sikkhanto dosaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pajahanto dukkhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ anupagacchanto dukkhavedanaṃ parijānanto dosamalaṃ pavāhento dosarajaṃ niddhunanto dosavisaṃ vamento dosaggiṃ nibbāpento dosasallaṃ uppāṭento dosajaṭaṃ vijaṭento. Mohacarito puggalo suññatavimokkhamukhena niyyāti adhipaññāsikkhāya sikkhanto mohaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pajahanto adukkhamasukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ anupagacchanto adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ parijānanto mohamalaṃ pavāhento moharajaṃ niddhunanto mohavisaṃ vamento mohaggiṃ nibbāpento mohasallaṃ uppāṭento mohajaṭaṃ vijaṭento.
于此,空解脱门为慧蕴,无相解脱门为定蕴,无愿解脱门为戒蕴。如此修习三种解脱门者,即修习三蕴;修习三蕴者,即修习圣八支道。其中,正语、正业、正命,为戒蕴;正精进、正念、正定,为定蕴;正见、正思惟,为慧蕴。巴利
Tattha suññatavimokkhamukhaṃ paññākkhandho, animittavimokkhamukhaṃ samādhikkhandho, appaṇihitavimokkhamukhaṃ sīlakkhandho. So tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni bhāvayanto tayo khandhe bhāvayati, tayo khandhe bhāvayanto ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvayati. Tattha yā ca sammāvācā yo ca sammākammanto yo ca sammāājīvo, ayaṃ sīlakkhandho, yo ca sammāvāyāmo yā ca sammāsati yo ca sammāsamādhi, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho, yā ca sammādiṭṭhi yo ca sammāsaṅkappo, ayaṃ paññākkhandho.
在此,戒蕴与定蕴为止,慧蕴为观。修习止观者,他的两种有分得以修习:身与心。导向有灭的行道有两支:戒与定。这样的比丘,是修习身者、修习戒者、修习心者、修习慧者。当身被修习时,有两种法得以修习:正业与正精进。当戒被修习时,有两种法得以修习:正语与正命。当心被修习时,有两种法得以修习:正念与正定。当慧被修习时,有两种法得以修习:正见与正思维。巴利
Tattha sīlakkhandho ca samādhikkhandho ca samatho, paññākkhandho vipassanā. Yo samathavipassanaṃ bhāveti, tassa dve bhavaṅgāni bhāvanaṃ gacchanti kāyo cittañca, bhavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā dve padāni sīlaṃ samādhi ca. So hoti bhikkhu bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño. Kāye bhāviyamāne dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammākammanto sammāvāyāmo ca, sīle bhāviyamāne dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammāvācā sammāājīvo ca, citte bhāviyamāne dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammāsati sammāsamādhi ca, paññāya bhāviyamānāya dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo ca.
在这里,正业与正精进,或属于身,或属于心。那属于身的部分,于身修习时便得修习;那属于心的部分,于心修习时便得修习。修习止观的人,证得五种证得:速证得、解脱证得、大证得、广博证得、无余证得。在这里,由止而成就速证得、大证得与广博证得;由观而成就解脱证得与无余证得。巴利
Tattha yo ca sammākammanto yo ca sammāvāyāmo siyā kāyiko siyā cetasiko, tattha yo kāyasaṅgaho, so kāye bhāvite bhāvanaṃ gacchati, yo cittasaṅgaho, so citte bhāvite bhāvanaṃ gacchati. So samathavipassanaṃ bhāvayanto pañcavidhaṃ adhigamaṃ gacchati khippādhigamo ca hoti, vimuttādhigamo ca hoti, mahādhigamo ca hoti, vipulādhigamo ca hoti, anavasesādhigamo ca hoti. Tattha samathena khippādhigamo ca mahādhigamo ca vipulādhigamo ca hoti, vipassanāya vimuttādhigamo ca anavasesādhigamo ca hoti.
56 其中,那位说法者——具足十力的导师,以教诫摄受弟子,绝无欺诳。他这样教示:“你们应如此行事,依此方便而行,当你们如此行持时,必将导向利益与安乐。”有人受此教诫、受此教授,如此而行、如此行道,却不能抵达彼地——此事无有可能。他这样教诫、这样教授之后,有人未圆满修习戒蕴,却能抵达彼地——此事无有可能。他这样教诫、这样教授之后,有人圆满修习戒蕴,便能抵达彼地——此事方有可能。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha yo desayati, so dasabalasamannāgato satthā ovādena sāvake na visaṃvādayati. So tividhaṃ idaṃ karotha iminā upāyena karotha idaṃ vo kurumānānaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati, so tathā ovadito tathānusiṭṭho tathākaronto tathāpaṭipajjanto taṃ bhūmiṃ na pāpuṇissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. So tathā ovadito tathānusiṭṭho sīlakkhandhaṃ aparipūrayanto taṃ bhūmiṃ anupāpuṇissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. So tathā ovadito tathānusiṭṭho sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūrayanto taṃ bhūmiṃ anupāpuṇissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
于证得正自觉的您而言,这些法尚未被您觉了——此事无有可能。于断尽一切烦恼的您而言,这些烦恼尚未被您断尽——此事无有可能。为了他的利益而宣说的法,当人如实而行时,却不能正导灭尽众苦——此事无有可能。然而,弟子依法随法而行、如理行道、随法而住,却不能次第证入更殊胜之胜妙证悟——此事亦无有可能。巴利
Sammāsambuddhassa te sato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇassa te sato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yassa te atthāya dhammo desito, so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Sāvako kho pana te dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī so pubbena aparaṃ uḷāraṃ visesādhigamaṃ na sacchikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
那些有障碍的法,若有人依之而行,却不会成为障碍,这是不可能的事。那些不导向出离的法,若有人依之而行,却能正确地导向苦的灭尽,这是不可能的事。那些导向出离的法,若有人依之而行,便能正确地导向苦的灭尽,这是可能的事。然而,尚有余依的弟子能证入无余依涅槃界,这是不可能的事。巴利
Ye kho pana dhammā antarāyikā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ye kho pana dhammā aniyyānikā, te niyyanti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ye kho pana dhammā niyyānikā, te niyyanti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Sāvako kho pana te saupādiseso anupādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ anupāpuṇissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
不可能有这种情况:具足见者亲手或以脚加害,夺取母亲生命;而凡夫则可能有这种情况:亲手或以脚加害,夺取母亲生命。对其父亲、对阿拉汉、对比丘,也是如此。不可能有这种情况:具足见者分裂僧团,或在僧团中制造分裂;而凡夫则可能有这种情况:分裂僧团,或在僧团中制造分裂。不可能有这种情况:具足见者出于恶意使如来流血,或于如来般涅槃后,出于恶意毁坏佛塔;而凡夫则可能有这种情况:出于恶意使如来流血,或于如来般涅槃后,出于恶意毁坏佛塔。不可能有这种情况:具足见者即便为了活命,也会宣称其他人为导师;而凡夫则可能有这种情况:宣称其他人为导师。不可能有这种情况:具足见者在世尊教法之外,另寻应受供养之阿拉汉;而凡夫则可能有这种情况:在世尊教法之外,另寻应受供养之阿拉汉。不可能有这种情况:具足见者藉由仪式性的祈福行为而获得清净;而凡夫则可能有这种情况:藉由仪式性的祈福行为获得清净。巴利
Diṭṭhisampanno mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya hatthehi vā pādehi vā suhataṃ kareyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya hatthehi vā pādehi vā suhataṃ kareyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Evaṃ pitaraṃ, arahantaṃ, bhikkhuṃ. Diṭṭhisampanno puggalo saṅghaṃ bhindeyya saṅghe vā saṅgharājiṃ janeyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano saṅghaṃ bhindeyya saṅghe vā saṅgharājiṃ janeyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, diṭṭhisampanno tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto lohitaṃ uppādeyya, parinibbutassa vā tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto thūpaṃ bhindeyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Puthujjano tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto lohitaṃ uppādeyya, parinibbutassa vā tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto thūpaṃ bhindeyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Diṭṭhisampanno aññaṃ satthāraṃ apadiseyya api jīvitahetūti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano aññaṃ satthāraṃ apadiseyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Diṭṭhisampanno ito bahiddhā aññaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyeseyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano ito bahiddhā aññaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyeseyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, diṭṭhisampanno kutūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ pacceyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Puthujjano kutūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ pacceyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
57 女人成为转轮王,这是不可能的,无有此事;男人成为转轮王,这是可能的,确有此事。女人成为帝释天神,这是不可能的,无有此事;男人成为帝释天神,这是可能的,确有此事。女人成为魔王波旬,这是不可能的,无有此事;男人成为魔王波旬,这是可能的,确有此事。女人成为大梵天王,这是不可能的,无有此事;男人成为大梵天王,这是可能的,确有此事。女人成为如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者,这是不可能的,无有此事;男人成为如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者,这是可能的,确有此事。巴利 注疏 1
Itthī rājā cakkavattī siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso rājā cakkavattī siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati; itthī sakko devānamindo siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso sakko devānamindo siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati; itthī māro pāpimā siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso māro pāpimā siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati; itthī mahābrahmā siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso mahābrahmā siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati; itthī tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
两位如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者,不先不后,同时出现在同一个世界界域,或同时演说正法——这是不可能的,无有此事;唯有一位如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者,会在同一个世界界域出现,或演说正法——这是可能的,应有此事。巴利
Dve tathāgatā arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā uppajjeyyuṃ vā dhammaṃ vā deseyyunti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, ekova tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho ekissā lokadhātuyā uppajjissati vā dhammaṃ vā desessatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
三种恶行会带来可爱、可意、可悦的果报——这是不可能的,无有此事;三种恶行会带来不可爱、不可意、不可悦的果报——这是可能的,应有此事。三种善行会带来不可爱、不可意、不可悦的果报——这是不可能的,无有此事;三种善行会带来可爱、可意、可悦的果报——这是可能的,应有此事。巴利
Tiṇṇaṃ duccaritānaṃ iṭṭho kanto piyo manāpo vipāko bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, tiṇṇaṃ duccaritānaṃ aniṭṭho akanto appiyo amanāpo vipāko bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati . Tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ aniṭṭho akanto appiyo amanāpo vipāko bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ iṭṭho kanto piyo manāpo vipāko bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
若有沙门或婆罗门,行欺诈、好饶舌、作占相,以欺诈、饶舌、占相的事为事先的引导,不舍弃五盖——那些心的染污、令智慧羸弱的,于四念处未善住于念而住,不修习七觉支,而能证悟无上正自觉——这是不可能的,无有此事。若有沙门或婆罗门,不具一切的过失,舍弃了五盖——那些心的染污、令智慧羸弱的,于四念处善住于念而住,修习七觉支,而能证悟无上正自觉——这是可能的,应有此事。在这里,随因缘、随处所、无分别而有的智,即名为处非处智——如来的第一种力。巴利
Aññataro samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā kuhako lapako nemittako kuhanalapananemittakattaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā pañca nīvaraṇe appahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu anupaṭṭhitassati viharanto satta bojjhaṅge abhāvayitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, aññataro samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā sabbadosāpagato pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu upaṭṭhitassati viharanto satta bojjhaṅge bhāvayitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso idaṃ vuccati ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
如此,了知处与非处之一切法,皆是坏灭法、衰灭法、离贪法、灭尽法:有些通往天道,有些通往恶趣,有些通往涅槃。世尊这样开示——巴利
Iti ṭhānāṭṭhānagatā sabbe khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā keci saggūpagā keci apāyūpagā keci nibbānūpagā, evaṃ bhagavā āha –
58 一切众生终将逝去,因为生命以死亡为其终点。
他们将随业而去,领受福业与罪业的果报。
造恶业者堕地狱,造善业者生善趣。
另有一些人,修习圣道之后,无漏而般涅槃。巴利 注疏 1
Sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ. Yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā; Nirayaṃ pāpakammantā, puññakammā ca suggatiṃ; Apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavāti .
“一切有情”即圣者与非圣者,也就是被身见所摄者与超越身见者。“将死”即两种死:缓慢死与急速死,被身见所摄者为急速死,超越身见者为缓慢死。“以死为终”即由于寿命灭尽、诸根断绝,生命终结,以死亡为终点。“随业而去”即业为己有。“趣向福与罪的果报”即业的果报现前而不离。巴利
Sabbe sattā ti ariyā ca anariyā ca sakkāyapariyāpannā ca sakkāyavītivattā ca. Marissantī ti dvīhi maraṇehi dandhamaraṇena ca adandhamaraṇena ca, sakkāyapariyāpannānaṃ adandhamaraṇaṃ sakkāyavītivattānaṃ dandhamaraṇaṃ. Maraṇantaṃ hi jīvita nti khayā āyussa indriyānaṃ uparodhā jīvitapariyanto maraṇapariyanto. Yathākammaṃ gamissantī ti kammassakatā. Puññapāpaphalūpagā ti kammānaṃ phaladassāvitā ca avippavāso ca.
“造恶业者堕地狱”说的是非福行。“行福德业者往善趣”说的是福行。“另有些人修习圣道后,诸漏尽而般涅槃”说的则是一切行的超越。因此世尊这样说:“一切……(中略)……无漏者。”巴利
Nirayaṃ pāpakammantā ti apuññasaṅkhārā. Puññakammā ca suggati nti puññasaṅkhārā sugatiṃ gamissanti. Apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā ti sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ samatikkamanaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘sabbe…pe… nāsavā’’ti.
“一切有情必死,生命以死为终;他们将随业而往,领受苦乐之报,造恶者堕地狱”——这是执取道与焦热道。“另有一些修习道者,诸漏灭尽而般涅槃”——这是中道。“一切有情必死……乃至……造恶者堕地狱”——这是杂染,令轮回生起。“一切有情必死……乃至……造恶者堕地狱”——此为三轮转:苦轮转、业轮转、烦恼轮转。“另有一些修习道者,诸漏灭尽而般涅槃”——此为转出三轮转。“一切有情必死……乃至……造恶者堕地狱”——这是过患;“造福者生善趣”——这是味;“另有一些修习道者,诸漏灭尽而般涅槃”——这是出离。“一切有情必死……乃至……造恶者堕地狱”——这是因与果,五蕴为果,渴爱为因;“另有一些修习道者,诸漏灭尽而般涅槃”——这是道与果。“一切有情必死,生命以死为终;他们将随业而往,领受苦乐之报,造恶者堕地狱”——这是杂染,此杂染有三种:渴爱杂染、见杂染、恶行杂染。巴利
‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ. Yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā. Nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti āgāḷhā ca nijjhāmā ca paṭipadā. ‘‘Apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā’’ti majjhimā paṭipadā. ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ, yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti ayaṃ saṃkileso. Evaṃ saṃsāraṃ nibbattayati. ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti…pe… nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti ime tayo vaṭṭā dukkhavaṭṭo kammavaṭṭo kilesavaṭṭo. ‘‘Apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā’’ti tiṇṇaṃ vaṭṭānaṃ vivaṭṭanā. ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti…pe… nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti ādīnavo, ‘‘puññakammā ca suggati’’nti assādo, ‘‘apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā’’ti nissaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti…pe… nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti hetu ca phalañca, pañcakkhandhā phalaṃ, taṇhā hetu, ‘‘apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā’’ti maggo ca phalañca. ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ. Yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti ayaṃ saṃkileso, so saṃkileso tividho taṇhāsaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkileso duccaritasaṃkilesoti.
59 此中,贪染应以三种渴爱来加以说明——欲渴爱、有渴爱、无有渴爱;或者,也可依他所执取的任何事相来加以说明。其详细展开,便是三十六种渴爱网的游走方式。见染应以断灭见和常见来加以说明;或者,也可依他执取见解的方式——“唯此是真理,余皆虚妄”——来加以说明。其详细展开,便是六十二种邪见。恶行染应以思与心所业来加以说明,也就是通过三种恶行——身恶行、语恶行、意恶行——来指出。其详细展开,便是十不善业道。另有一些人则修习圣道,诸漏尽而般涅槃,这即是清净。巴利 注疏 1
Tattha taṇhāsaṃkileso tīhi taṇhāhi niddisitabbo – kāmataṇhāya bhavataṇhāya vibhavataṇhāya. Yena yena vā pana vatthunā ajjhosito, tena teneva niddisitabbo, tassā vitthāro chattiṃsāya taṇhāya jāliniyā vicaritāni. Tattha diṭṭhisaṃkileso ucchedasassatena niddisitabbo, yena yena vā pana vatthunā diṭṭhivasena abhinivisati, ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti tena teneva niddisitabbo, tassā vitthāro dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni. Tattha duccaritasaṃkileso cetanā cetasikakammena niddisitabbo, tīhi duccaritehi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, tassā vitthāro dasa akusalakammapathā. Apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavāti idaṃ vodānaṃ.
此清净有三种:贪染由止而净,此止即是定蕴;见染由观而净,此观即是慧蕴;恶行染由善行而净,此善行即是戒蕴。巴利
Tayidaṃ vodānaṃ tividhaṃ; taṇhāsaṃkileso samathena visujjhati, so samatho samādhikkhandho, diṭṭhisaṃkileso vipassanāya visujjhati, sā vipassanā paññākkhandho, duccaritasaṃkileso sucaritena visujjhati, taṃ sucaritaṃ sīlakkhandho.
“一切众生终将死去,生命以死为终结。他们将随业而去,领受善与不善之果——造恶业者堕地狱。”这是非福德的行道。“修福德业者往善趣。”这是福德的行道。“另有一类人,修习圣道,无漏般涅槃。”这是超越福德与非福德的行道。在此,福德的行道与非福德的行道,此二道皆属“遍赴一切处”,一道通往诸恶趣,一道通往诸天界。而超越福德与非福德的行道,则是“各赴其处”的行道。巴利
‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ, yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā’’ti apuññappaṭipadā, ‘‘puññakammā ca suggati’’nti puññappaṭipadā, ‘‘apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā’’ti puññapāpasamatikkamappaṭipadā, tattha yā ca puññappaṭipadā yā ca apuññappaṭipadā, ayaṃ ekā paṭipadā sabbatthagāminī ekā apāyesu, ekā devesu, yā ca puññapāpasamatikkamā paṭipadā ayaṃ tattha tattha gāminī paṭipadā.
有三类聚:决定入邪道者聚、决定入正道者聚、不决定者聚。其中,决定入邪道者聚与决定入正道者聚,这两者所行的,是同一种“各赴其处”的行道。而不决定者聚,其所行的,便是“遍赴一切处”的行道。为什么呢?若得条件,他可能投生地狱;若得条件,他可能投生畜生界;若得条件,他可能投生饿鬼境;若得条件,他可能投生阿修罗众中;若得条件,他可能投生天界;若得条件,他可能投生人间;若得条件,他也可能证入涅槃。因此,这便是“遍赴一切处”的行道。于此,关于因、关于处,无所局限而生起的智慧,即称为“遍赴一切处行道智”。这是如来的第二种力。巴利
Tayo rāsī – micchattaniyato rāsi, sammattaniyato rāsi, aniyato rāsi, tattha yo ca micchattaniyato rāsi yo ca sammattaniyato rāsi ekā paṭipadā tattha tattha gāminī, tattha yo aniyato rāsi, ayaṃ sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā. Kena kāraṇena? Paccayaṃ labhanto niraye upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto tiracchānayonīsu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto pettivisayesu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto asuresu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto devesu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto manussesu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto parinibbāyeyya, tasmāyaṃ sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā, yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ vuccati sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā ñāṇaṃ dutiyaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
如此,遍赴一切处的行道,即是多界世间;各赴其处的行道,即是种种界世间。其中,什么是多界世间呢?眼界、色界、眼识界;耳界、声界、耳识界;鼻界、香界、鼻识界;舌界、味界、舌识界;身界、触界、身识界;意界、法界、意识界;地界、水界、火界、风界、空界、识界;欲界、瞋恚界、害界;出离界、无瞋恚界、无害界;苦界、忧界、无明界;乐界、喜界、舍界;色界、无色界、灭界、行界、涅槃界。这就是多界世间。巴利
Iti sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā anekadhātuloko, tattha tattha gāminī paṭipadā nānādhātuloko. Tattha katamo anekadhātuloko? Cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu, sotadhātu saddadhātu sotaviññāṇadhātu, ghānadhātu gandhadhātu ghānaviññāṇadhātu, jivhādhātu rasadhātu jivhāviññāṇadhātu, kāyadhātu phoṭṭhabbadhātu kāyaviññāṇadhātu, manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu, pathavīdhātu, āpodhātu, tejodhātu, vāyodhātu, ākāsadhātu, viññāṇadhātu, kāmadhātu, byāpādadhātu, vihiṃsādhātu, nekkhammadhātu, abyāpādadhātu, avihiṃsādhātu, dukkhadhātu, domanassadhātu , avijjādhātu, sukhadhātu, somanassadhātu, upekkhādhātu, rūpadhātu, arūpadhātu, nirodhadhātu, saṅkhāradhātu, nibbānadhātu, ayaṃ anekadhātuloko.
其中,什么是种种界世间呢?眼界是一类,色界是另一类,眼识界又是另一类。一切诸界皆是如此各各不同。涅槃界又是另一类。在此之中,依因、依处而无有局限的智慧,便称为多界、种种界智,这是如来的第三种力。巴利
Tattha katamo nānādhātuloko? Aññā cakkhudhātu, aññā rūpadhātu, aññā cakkhuviññāṇadhātu. Evaṃ sabbā. Aññā nibbānadhātu. Yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ vuccati anekadhātu nānādhātu ñāṇaṃ tatiyaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
60 正是如此,在这由种种界、种种不同之界所构成的世界中,众生对哪一界生起胜解,便会对那一界生起执取、固著与耽溺:有人于色生起胜解,有人于声、于香、于味、于触、于法生起胜解;有人于女人生起胜解,有人于男人生起胜解;有人于布施生起胜解,有人于低劣生起胜解,有人于殊胜生起胜解;有人于天生起胜解,有人于人生起胜解,有人于涅槃生起胜解。对此,从因、从处、不加以别地了知“此是可受调御者,此是不可受调御者,此是生天者,此是堕恶趣者”——这便称为“了知众生种种胜解之智”,是如来的第四种力。巴利 注疏 1
Iti anekadhātu nānādhātukassa lokassa yaṃ yadeva dhātuṃ sattā adhimuccanti, taṃ tadeva adhiṭṭhahanti abhinivisanti, keci rūpādhimuttā, keci saddādhimuttā, keci gandhādhimuttā, keci rasādhimuttā, keci phoṭṭhabbādhimuttā, keci dhammādhimuttā, keci itthādhimuttā, keci purisādhimuttā, keci cāgādhimuttā, keci hīnādhimuttā , keci paṇītādhimuttā, keci devādhimuttā, keci manussādhimuttā, keci nibbānādhimuttā. Yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, ayaṃ veneyyo, ayaṃ na veneyyo, ayaṃ saggagāmī, ayaṃ duggatigāmīti, idaṃ vuccati sattānaṃ nānādhimuttikatā ñāṇaṃ catutthaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
如此,他们依各自的胜解,而领受种种业。他们领受六种业:有人依贪之力而造,有人依嗔之力,有人依痴之力,有人依信之力,有人依精进之力,有人依慧之力。若加分别,此业有二种:趋向轮回者,与趋向涅槃者。巴利
Iti te yathādhimuttā ca bhavanti, taṃ taṃ kammasamādānaṃ samādiyanti. Te chabbidhaṃ kammaṃ samādiyanti – keci lobhavasena, keci dosavasena, keci mohavasena, keci saddhāvasena, keci vīriyavasena, keci paññāvasena. Taṃ vibhajjamānaṃ duvidhaṃ – saṃsāragāmi ca nibbānagāmi ca.
其中,依贪、依嗔、依痴之力所造之业,是黑业,有黑果报。依信之力所造之业,是白业,有白果报。依贪、嗔、痴兼信之力所造之业,是黑白业,有黑白果报。依精进与慧之力所造之业,为非黑非白业,有非黑非白果报,此是最上、最胜之业,导向业的灭尽。巴利
Tattha yaṃ lobhavasena dosavasena mohavasena ca kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ. Tattha yaṃ saddhāvasena kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ. Tattha yaṃ lobhavasena dosavasena mohavasena saddhāvasena ca kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ. Tattha yaṃ vīriyavasena paññāvasena ca kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammuttamaṃ kammaseṭṭhaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati.
有四种业的领受:有业的领受,现前快乐而未来感苦果;有业的领受,现前痛苦而未来感乐果;有业的领受,现前与未来皆感苦果;有业的领受,现前与未来皆感乐果。对于这类业,若有一人已积集不善之业的领受,其业尚未成熟而现前等待果报,又不能通达出离,世尊便不教诫他,例如提婆达多(Devadatta) 、果咖离咖(Kokālika) 、苏那卡达(Sunakkhatta) 离车王子,以及其他那些注定邪性的众生。而对于这些人,他们所积集的不善业尚未达到圆满,在它趋于圆满之前——在果报成熟之前、在阻断道路之前、在越过可化导的时机之前——世尊便于未圆满时教导他们,譬如布纳(Puṇṇa) ·牛戒者和裸形·狗戒者。巴利
Cattāri kammasamādānāni. Atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ, atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ, atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiṃ ca dukkhavipākaṃ, atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiṃ ca sukhavipākaṃ. Yaṃ evaṃ jātiyaṃ kammasamādānaṃ, iminā puggalena akusalakammasamādānaṃ upacitaṃ avipakkaṃ vipākāya paccupaṭṭhitaṃ na ca bhabbo abhinibbidhā gantunti taṃ bhagavā na ovadati. Yathā devadattaṃ kokālikaṃ sunakkhattaṃ licchaviputtaṃ, ye vā panaññepi sattā micchattaniyatā imesañca puggalānaṃ upacitaṃ akusalaṃ na ca tāva pāripūriṃ gataṃ, purā pāripūriṃ gacchati. Purā phalaṃ nibbattayati, purā maggamāvārayati, purā veneyyattaṃ samatikkamatīti te bhagavā asamatte ovadati. Yathā puṇṇañca govatikaṃ acelañca kukkuravatikaṃ.
61 而对于此人,不善业正趋于圆满,将阻断其道。世尊便在其未至圆满、未生果报、未成阻断、未越可引导性之前,于尚未圆满时教导他,譬如尊者指鬘(Aṅgulimāla) 。巴利 注疏 1
Imassa ca puggalassa akusalakammasamādānaṃ paripūramānaṃ maggaṃ āvārayissati purā pāripūriṃ gacchati, purā phalaṃ nibbattayati, purā maggamāvārayati, purā veneyyattaṃ samatikkamatīti taṃ bhagavā asamattaṃ ovadati. Yathā āyasmantaṃ aṅgulimālaṃ.
一切众生皆具柔和、中等、增上之差别。其中,柔和者为不动行,中等者为其余善行,增上者为不善行。对此,以因、以处、无有遗余地了知:“这是现法受业,这是生受业,这是后受业;这是地狱受业,这是畜生受业,这是饿鬼受业,这是阿修罗受业,这是天受业,这是人受业。”这便称为“对过去、未来、现在诸业之领受,以因、以处、无遗余而了知果报差别之智”,是如来的第五种力。巴利
Sabbesaṃ mudumajjhādhimattatā. Tattha mudu āneñjābhisaṅkhārā majjhaṃ avasesakusalasaṅkhārā, adhimattaṃ akusalasaṅkhārā, yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ upapajjavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ aparāpariyavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ nirayavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ tiracchānavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ pettivisayavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ asuravedanīyaṃ, idaṃ devavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ manussavedanīyanti, idaṃ vuccati atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ kammasamādānānaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso vipākavemattatā ñāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
62 如是,对于已受持的业、已受持的禅那、解脱、定与等至,此为杂染,此为清净,此为出起;如是将会杂染,如是将会清净,如是将会出起——此智无有障碍。巴利 注疏 1
Iti tathā samādinnānaṃ kammānaṃ samādinnānaṃ jhānānaṃ vimokkhānaṃ samādhīnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ ayaṃ saṃkileso, idaṃ vodānaṃ, idaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ, evaṃ saṃkilissati, evaṃ vodāyati, evaṃ vuṭṭhahatīti ñāṇaṃ anāvaraṇaṃ.
其中,禅那有多少种?有四种禅那。解脱有多少种?有十一种、八种、七种、三种、两种。定有多少种?有三种定:有寻有伺定、无寻唯伺定、无寻无伺定。等至有多少种?有五种等至:想等至、无想等至、非想非非想等至、显了想等至、灭尽等至。巴利
Tattha kati jhānāni? Cattāri jhānāni. Kati vimokkhā? Ekādasa ca aṭṭha ca satta ca tayo ca dve ca. Kati samādhī? Tayo samādhī – savitakko savicāro samādhi, avitakko vicāramatto samādhi, avitakko avicāro samādhi. Kati samāpattiyo? Pañca samāpattiyo – saññāsamāpatti asaññāsamāpatti nevasaññānāsaññāsamāpatti vibhūtasaññāsamāpatti nirodhasamāpatti.
其中,什么是杂染?对于初禅,欲贪与嗔恚是杂染;如鸡禅修者中的前两种,或任何属于退分性质的定,也是杂染。其中,什么是清净?诸盖的完全净化,是初禅的清净;如鸡禅修者中的后两种,或任何属于胜分性质的定,这是清净。其中,什么是出起?于等至出起之善巧,这便是出起。其中,凡由因与缘无余完全了知此而生起的智,称为“于一切禅那、解脱、定、等至的杂染、清净、出起之智”,是如来的第六种力。巴利
Tattha katamo saṃkileso? Paṭhamajjhānassa kāmarāgabyāpādā saṃkileso. Ye ca kukkuṭajhāyī dve paṭhamakā yo vā pana koci hānabhāgiyo samādhi, ayaṃ saṃkileso. Tattha katamaṃ vodānaṃ, nīvaraṇapārisuddhi, paṭhamassa jhānassa ye ca kukkuṭajhāyī dve pacchimakā yo vā pana koci visesabhāgiyo samādhi, idaṃ vodānaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ? Yaṃ samāpattivuṭṭhānakosallaṃ, idaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ. Yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ vuccati sabbesaṃ jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ saṃkilesavodānavuṭṭhānañāṇaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
63 如是,对于这一定,有三种伴随的法:根、力、精进。这些根以精进的力量而成为力;从支配的意义说是根,从不可动摇的意义说是力。由于它们有软、中、利的差别,故此为软根,此为中根,此为利根。其中,世尊以简略的教诫教导利根者;以既简略又详细的教诫教导中根者;以详细的教诫教导软根者。其中,世尊对利根者指示柔软的法教;对中根者指示柔软与锐利的法教;对软根者指示锐利的法教。其中,世尊对利根者指示止;对中根者指示止与观;对软根者指示观。其中,世尊对利根者指示出离;对中根者指示过患与出离;对软根者指示味、过患与出离。其中,世尊以增上慧学教导利根者;以增上心学教导中根者;以增上戒学教导软根者。巴利 注疏 1
Iti tasseva samādhissa tayo dhammā parivārā indriyāni balāni vīriyamiti, tāniyeva indriyāni vīriyavasena balāni bhavanti, ādhipateyyaṭṭhena indriyāni, akampiyaṭṭhena balāni, iti tesaṃ mudumajjhādhimattatā ayaṃ mudindriyo ayaṃ majjhindriyo ayaṃ tikkhindriyoti. Tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyaṃ saṃkhittena ovādena ovadati, majjhindriyaṃ bhagavā saṃkhittavitthārena ovadati, mudindriyaṃ bhagavā vitthārena ovadati. Tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa mudukaṃ dhammadesanaṃ upadisati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā mudutikkhadhammadesanaṃ upadisati, mudindriyassa bhagavā tikkhaṃ dhammadesanaṃ upadisati. Tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa samathaṃ upadisati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā samathavipassanaṃ upadisati, mudindriyassa bhagavā vipassanaṃ upadisati. Tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa nissaraṇaṃ upadisati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca upadisati, mudindriyassa bhagavā assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca upadisati. Tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa adhipaññāsikkhāya paññāpayati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā adhicittasikkhāya paññāpayati, mudindriyassa bhagavā adhisīlasikkhāya paññāpayati.
其中,依因、依处、无余而生起的了知——“此人已达到这般境地、这般修习程度;在此时节,应以这般教示;他的界性如此,志向如此,随眠如此。”这便称为对他方众生、他人根性利钝差别的了知,是如来的第七种力。巴利
Yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso ayaṃ imaṃ bhūmiṃ bhāvanañca gato, imāya velāya imāya anusāsaniyā evaṃ dhātuko cāyaṃ ayaṃ cassa āsayo ayañca anusayo iti, idaṃ vuccati parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ indriyaparopariyattavemattatā ñāṇaṃ sattamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
在此,他随念种种过去世的生命:一生、两生、三生、四生、五生、十生、二十生、三十生、四十生、五十生、一百生、一千生、十万生、许多百生、许多千生、许多十万生、许多坏劫、许多成劫、许多坏成劫。“在那里,我有这样的名字,这样的族姓,这样的容貌,这样的饮食,这样经历苦乐,这样的寿量。我从彼处死没,又往生他处;在那里,我又有这样的名字,这样的族姓,这样的容貌,这样的饮食,这样经历苦乐,这样的寿量。我从彼处死没,再往生此处。”像这样,他随念种种过去世的生命,具足细节与要点。巴利
Iti tattha yaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Seyyathidaṃ, ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekānipi jātisatāni anekānipi jātisahassāni anekānipi jātisatasahassāni anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe. Amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ. Tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapannoti, iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.
64 在那里,对投生天界的众生、投生人间的众生及投生恶趣的众生:此人贪等烦恼增盛,无贪等善法薄弱;那人无贪等善法增盛,贪等烦恼薄弱;又或哪些增盛、哪些薄弱;某人的这些根器已熟,某人的这些根器未熟——或于某千万劫中、某十万劫中、某千劫中、某百劫中、某一劫中、某中劫中、某半劫中、某一年中、某半年中、某月中、某半月中、某日中、某片刻中,因这样的放逸或这样的净信。对于如是种种生命状况,世尊随念时皆能无余了知。于中,他以远超常人的清净天眼,见到众生的死亡与转生,低劣与优秀、貌美与貌丑、善趣与恶趣,了知众生如何各随其业而投生:“这些尊者,实具足身恶行、语恶行、意恶行,是诽谤圣者、持邪见、积邪见所驱之业者;他们于身坏命终后,即投生恶趣、苦处、堕处、地狱。”巴利 注疏 1
Tattha saggūpagesu ca sattesu manussūpagesu ca sattesu apāyūpagesu ca sattesu imassa puggalassa lobhādayo ussannā alobhādayo mandā, imassa puggalassa alobhādayo ussannā lobhādayo mandā, ye vā pana ussannā ye vā pana mandā imassa puggalassa imāni indriyāni upacitāni imassa puggalassa imāni indriyāni anupacitāni amukāya vā kappakoṭiyaṃ kappasatasahasse vā kappasahasse vā kappasate vā kappe vā antarakappe vā upaḍḍhakappe vā saṃvacchare vā upaḍḍhasaṃvacchare vā māse vā pakkhe vā divase vā muhutte vā iminā pamādena vā pasādena vāti. Taṃ taṃ bhavaṃ bhagavā anussaranto asesaṃ jānāti, tattha yaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā.
又或者,诸尊,有些众生身善行具足、语善行具足、意善行具足,不谤圣者,具足正见,累积了正见所引生的业;他们身坏命终之后,便投生于善趣、天界。在那里,对投生天界之众生、投生人间之众生,以及投生恶趣之众生,此众生于某千万劫、或十万劫、或千劫、或百劫、或一劫、或中劫、或半劫、或一年、或半年、或一月、或半个月、或一日、或一须臾,由如是放逸或如是净信,累积了如是之业。世尊的这两种智慧——也就是宿命随念智与天眼智,是如来的第八和第九种力。巴利
Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā, tattha saggūpagesu ca sattesu manussūpagesu ca sattesu apāyūpagesu ca sattesu iminā puggalena evarūpaṃ kammaṃ amukāya kappakoṭiyaṃ upacitaṃ kappasatasahasse vā kappasahasse vā kappasate vā kappe vā antarakappe vā upaḍḍhakappe vā saṃvacchare vā upaḍḍhasaṃvacchare vā māse vā pakkhe vā divase vā muhutte vā iminā pamādena vā pasādena vāti. Imāni bhagavato dve ñāṇāni – pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇañca dibbacakkhu ca aṭṭhamaṃ navamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
如此,于彼处,证得一切知,通达一切法,无尘离垢的一切知智生起,于菩提树下已摧伏魔罗。这便是世尊的第十力——灭尽一切烦恼之智。诸佛世尊,确实具足此十力。巴利
Iti tattha yaṃ sabbaññutā pattā viditā sabbadhammā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ uppannaṃ sabbaññutañāṇaṃ nihato māro bodhimūle, idaṃ bhagavato dasamaṃ balaṃ sabbāsavaparikkhayaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Dasabalasamannāgatā hi buddhā bhagavantoti.
已运用抉择理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto vicayo hārasampāto.
3. 合理理趣会合巴利
3. Yuttihārasampāto
65 在此,什么是合理理趣会合呢?
“ 因此,守护心、以正思惟为行境者,”
以正见为先导,了知生灭;
“ 征服了昏沉与睡眠的比丘,能舍离一切恶趣。”巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo yuttihārasampāto? ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro; Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayaṃ; Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti.
“因此,对于防护心者,正思惟即是他的行境——防护心者以正思惟为行境,这是合理的;以正思惟为行境者将具足正见,这是合理的;安住于以正见为先导,他将彻见生灭,这是合理的;彻见生灭者将断除一切恶趣,这是合理的。断除一切恶趣者,将超越一切恶趣、堕落与怖畏,这是合理的。”巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti rakkhitacittassa sammāsaṅkappagocaro bhavissatīti yujjati, sammāsaṅkappagocaro sammādiṭṭhi bhavissatīti yujjati, sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro viharanto udayabbayaṃ paṭivijjhissatīti yujjati, udayabbayaṃ paṭivijjhanto sabbā duggatiyo jahissatīti yujjati. Sabbā duggatiyo jahanto sabbāni duggativinipātabhayāni samatikkamissatīti yujjatīti.
已运用合理理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto yuttihārasampāto.
4. 足处理趣会合巴利
4. Padaṭṭhānahārasampāto
66 其中,什么是足处理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hārasampāto?
“因此,防护心的人,正思惟是他的行境”此偈中,“防护心的人”是三种善行的立足处;“正思惟是他的行境”是止的立足处;“以正见为先导”是观的立足处;“了知生灭”是见地的立足处;“征服昏沉睡眠的比丘”是精进的立足处;“能舍弃一切恶趣”是修习的立足处。巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassā’’ti tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti samathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro’’ti vipassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Ñatvāna udayabbaya’’nti dassanabhūmiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhū’’ti vīriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti bhāvanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
已运用足处理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto padaṭṭhāno hārasampāto.
5. 特相理趣会合巴利
5. Lakkhaṇahārasampāto
67 其中,何谓特相理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hārasampāto?
“因此,对于防护心之人,正思惟为其行境”——此一偈颂。“因此,对于防护心之人,正思惟为其行境”——这说的是念根;当念根被把握时,五根便被把握。“以正见为先导”——当正见被把握时,圣八支道便被把握。那是什么原因呢?由正见而生正思惟,由正思惟而生正语,由正语而生正业,由正业而生正命,由正命而生正精进,由正精进而生正念,由正念而生正定,由正定而生正解脱,由正解脱而生正解脱智见。巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti idaṃ satindriyaṃ, satindriye gahite gahitāni bhavanti pañcindriyāni. ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro’’ti sammādiṭṭhiyā gahitāya gahito bhavati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Taṃ kissa hetu? Sammādiṭṭhito hi sammāsaṅkappo pabhavati, sammāsaṅkappato sammāvācā pabhavati, sammāvācāto sammākammanto pabhavati, sammākammantato sammāājīvo pabhavati, sammāājīvato sammāvāyāmo pabhavati, sammāvāyāmato sammāsati pabhavati, sammāsatito sammāsamādhi pabhavati, sammāsamādhito sammāvimutti pabhavati, sammāvimuttito sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ pabhavati.
已运用特相理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto lakkhaṇo hārasampāto.
6. 四阵列理趣会合巴利
6. Catubyūhahārasampāto
68 其中,什么是四阵列理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo catubyūho hārasampāto.
“因此,对于守护心者,正思惟为其行境”这一偈颂。“因此,对于守护心者”——“守护”是指保护、维护,这是它的语义。此处,世尊的意趣为何?凡是愿从恶趣解脱者,必将成为法行者,这便是世尊在此处的意趣。果咖离咖因对舍利弗长老(Sāriputta) 与目犍连长老心生嗔害,便投生于大红莲地狱。而世尊则具足以念守护的心,如经中所说:“应以念守护心。”巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassā’’ti rakkhitaṃ paripālīyatīti esā nirutti. Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye duggatīhi parimuccitukāmā bhavissanti, te dhammacārino bhavissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Kokāliko hi sāriputtamoggallānesu theresu cittaṃ padosayitvā mahāpadumaniraye upapanno. Bhagavā ca satiārakkhena cetasā samannāgato, suttamhi vuttaṃ ‘‘satiyā cittaṃ rakkhitabba’’nti.
已运用四阵列理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto catubyūho hārasampāto.
7. 转回理趣会合巴利
7. Āvaṭṭahārasampāto
69 其中,什么是转回理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hārasampāto?
“因此,对于守护心的人,正思惟是他的行境”这句偈,“因此,对于守护心的人,正思惟是他的行境”此乃止。“以正见为先导”此乃观。“了知生灭”是苦之遍知。“比丘们战胜昏沉睡眠”是集之断除。“舍离一切恶趣”是灭。这便是四圣谛。巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti samatho . ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro’’ti vipassanā. ‘‘Ñatvāna udayabbaya’’nti dukkhapariññā. ‘‘Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhū’’ti samudayapahānaṃ. ‘‘Sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti nirodho . Imāni cattāri saccāni.
已运用转回理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto āvaṭṭo hārasampāto.
8. 区分理趣会合巴利
8. Vibhattihārasampāto
70 其中,何为区分理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo vibhattihārasampāto?
“‘因此,守护心者,正思惟即是其行境’这一偈颂。善分当以善分而阐明,不善分当以不善分而阐明。”巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. Kusalapakkho kusalapakkhena niddisitabbo. Akusalapakkho akusalapakkhena niddisitabbo.
已运用区分理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto vibhattihārasampāto.
9. 反转理趣会合巴利
9. Parivattanahārasampāto
71 其中,什么是反转理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo parivattano hārasampāto?
“‘因此,守护心者,正思惟即其行处’这首偈颂。当止观修习圆满,灭即是果;苦已遍知,集已断除,道已通过对治而修习。”巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. Samathavipassanāya bhāvitāya nirodho phalaṃ, pariññātaṃ dukkhaṃ, samudayo pahīno, maggo bhāvito paṭipakkhena.
已运用反转理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto parivattano hārasampāto.
10. 同义语理趣会合巴利
10. Vevacanahārasampāto
72 那么,什么是同义语理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo vevacano hārasampāto?
“因此,对于守护心的人,正思惟是其行处”这首偈颂。“对于守护心的人”:指心、意、识、意根、意处、了知、了知性,这些都是同义语。“正思惟是其行处”:指出离思惟、无瞋思惟、无害思惟,这些是同义语。“以正见为先导”:所谓正见,即是慧刀、慧剑、慧宝、慧灯、慧刺棒、慧宫殿,这些是同义语。巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassā’’ti cittaṃ mano viññāṇaṃ manindriyaṃ manāyatanaṃ vijānanā vijānitattaṃ, idaṃ vevacanaṃ. ‘‘Sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti nekkhammasaṅkappo abyāpādasaṅkappo avihiṃsāsaṅkappo, idaṃ vevacanaṃ. ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro’’ti sammādiṭṭhi nāma paññāsatthaṃ paññākhaggo paññāratanaṃ paññāpajjoto paññāpatodo paññāpāsādo, idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
已运用同义语理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto vevacano hārasampāto.
11. 施设理趣会合巴利
11. Paññattihārasampāto
73 其中,什么是施设理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo paññattihārasampāto?
“‘是故,守护心者,正思惟为其行处’——此偈中,‘守护心者’是念的安立施设,‘正思惟为其行处’是止的修习施设。‘以正见为先导,了知生灭’是见地的确立施设,‘比丘降伏昏沉睡眠’是集的永断施设,‘当弃舍一切恶趣’是道的修习施设。”巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassā’’ti padaṭṭhānapaññatti satiyā. ‘‘Sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti bhāvanāpaññatti samathassa. ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbaya’’nti dassanabhūmiyā nikkhepapaññatti. ‘‘Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhū’’ti samudayassa anavasesappahānapaññatti, ‘‘sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa.
已运用施设理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto paññattihārasampāto.
12. 契入理趣会合巴利
12. Otaraṇahārasampāto
74 其中,何为契入理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo otaraṇo hārasampāto?
“因此,守护心识、以正思惟为行处者……”这首偈颂。“因此,守护心识、以正思惟为行处者……”。“以正见为先导”——当正见被把握时,五根即被把握。这便是由诸根而契入。巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. ‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ . ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro’’ti sammādiṭṭhiyā gahitāya gahitāni bhavanti pañcindriyāni, ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
这些根即是明。明生起则无明灭,无明灭则行灭,行灭则识灭……如是乃至一切。这就是以缘起的切入。巴利
Tāniyeva indriyāni vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ, ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādena otaraṇā.
正是这五根,为三蕴所摄——戒蕴、定蕴、慧蕴。这就是以诸蕴的切入。巴利
Tāniyeva pañcindriyāni tīhi khandhehi saṅgahitāni – sīlakkhandhena samādhikkhandhena paññākkhandhena. Ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
正是这五根,属于诸行。那些无漏且非有分的诸行,为法界所摄。这就是以诸界的切入。巴利
Tāni yeva pañcindriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni. Ye saṅkhārā anāsavā no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā, ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
该法界包含于法处之中;这一处,是无漏,且非有分。这便是依处而契入。巴利
Sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ no ca bhavaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
已运用契入理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto otaraṇo hārasampāto.
13. 净化理趣会合巴利
13. Sodhanahārasampāto
75 其中,何为净化理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo sodhano hārasampāto?
“‘因此,那守护心的人,以正思惟为行处’——在这偈颂中,若发端清净,此问即得解答;若发端不清净,此问则尚不得解答。”巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. Yattha ārambho suddho, so pañho visajjito bhavati. Yattha pana ārambho na suddho, na tāva so pañho visajjito bhavati.
已运用净化理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto sodhano hārasampāto.
14. 确立理趣会合巴利
14. Adhiṭṭhānahārasampāto
76 其中,什么是确立理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hārasampāto?
“因此,那守护心的人,以正思为行处”——这一偈颂。“因此,那守护心的人”为“一地”。心有种种名称:心、意、识,此为“差别”。“以正思为行处”为“一地”。正思即是出离思、无瞋思、无恼思,此为“差别”。“以正见为前导”为“一地”。所谓正见,即是对苦的智、对苦之集的智、对苦之灭的智、对通往苦灭之道的智、对道的智、对因的智、对由因而生诸法的智、对缘的智、对由缘而生诸法的智,凡于此处彼处如实的智与见、通达、证得、进入真理,此为“差别”。“了知生灭之后”为“一地”。就“生”而言:缘于无明而有诸行,缘于诸行而有识,如此,一切是集起。就“灭”而言:由于无明灭,诸行便灭,如此,一切是灭尽,此为“差别”。“比丘战胜了昏沉睡眠”为“一地”。所谓“昏沉”,即是心的不适业、不堪任的状态;所谓“睡眠”,即是身体的倦怠状态,此为“差别”。“他舍弃了一切恶劣的去处”为“一地”。相对于人与天界,恶趣、恶道是“恶劣的去处”;或相对于涅槃,一切再生形式都是“恶劣的去处”,此为“差别”。巴利
Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaroti gāthā. Tasmā rakkhitacittassāti ekattatā. Cittaṃ mano viññāṇaṃ, ayaṃ vemattatā. Sammāsaṅkappagocaroti ekattatā. Nekkhammasaṅkappo abyāpādasaṅkappo avihiṃsāsaṅkappo ayaṃ vemattatā. Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāroti ekattatā. Sammādiṭṭhi nāma yaṃ dukkhe ñāṇaṃ dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ magge ñāṇaṃ hetumhi ñāṇaṃ hetusamuppannesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ paccaye ñāṇaṃ paccayasamuppannesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ, yaṃ tattha tattha yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ abhisamayo sampaṭivedho saccāgamanaṃ, ayaṃ vemattatā. Ñatvāna udayabbayanti ekattatā, udayena avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, evaṃ sabbaṃ samudayo bhavati. Vayena avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ nirodho hoti, ayaṃ vemattatā. Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhūti ekattatā, thinaṃ nāma yā cittassa akallatā akammaniyatā, middhaṃ nāma yaṃ kāyassa līnattaṃ, ayaṃ vemattatā. Sabbā duggatiyo jaheti ekattatā, devamanusse vā upanidhāya apāyā duggati, nibbānaṃ vā upanidhāya sabbā upapattiyo duggati, ayaṃ vemattatā.
已运用确立理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto adhiṭṭhāno hārasampāto.
15. 资具理趣会合巴利
15. Parikkhārahārasampāto
77 其中,什么是资具理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo parikkhāro hārasampāto?
“ 因此,守护心者,以正思为行处”——这一偈颂,即是止与观的资具。巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro’’ti gāthā. Ayaṃ samathavipassanāya parikkhāro.
已运用资具理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto parikkhāro hārasampāto.
16. 安立理趣会合巴利
16. Samāropanahārasampāto
78 那么,何为安立理趣会合?巴利 注疏 1
Tattha katamo samāropano hārasampāto?
“ 因此,守护自心者,以正思惟为行境;
以正见为先导,了知生灭;
“ 征服了昏沉与睡眠的比丘,能舍离一切恶趣。”巴利
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro; Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayaṃ; Thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti.
“因此,守护自心”这句话,是三善行的立足处:心若得守护,身业、语业、意业便得守护。“以正见为前导”意为,修习正见,则八支圣道得以修习。这是什么缘故呢?因为从正见生起正思惟,从正思惟生起正语,从正语生起正业,从正业生起正命,从正命生起正精进,从正精进生起正念,从正念生起正定,从正定生起正解脱,从正解脱生起正解脱知见。此即无余依之人,亦即无余依涅槃界。巴利
Tasmā rakkhitacittassāti tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, citte rakkhite taṃ rakkhitaṃ bhavati kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ. Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāroti sammādiṭṭhiyā bhāvitāya bhāvito bhavati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Kena kāraṇena? Sammādiṭṭhito hi sammāsaṅkappo pabhavati, sammāsaṅkappato sammāvācā pabhavati, sammāvācāto sammākammanto pabhavati, sammākammantato sammāājīvo pabhavati, sammāājīvato sammāvāyāmo pabhavati, sammāvāyāmato sammāsati pabhavati, sammāsatito sammāsamādhi pabhavati, sammāsamādhito sammāvimutti pabhavati, sammāvimuttito sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ pabhavati. Ayaṃ anupādiseso puggalo anupādisesā ca nibbānadhātu.
已运用安立理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto samāropano hārasampāto.
因此,尊者玛哈咖佳亚那说:巴利
Tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano –
“ 首先以十六种理趣,由方向之眼遍观诸方后;
以钩摄持后,更以三种方法,于经中开示。”巴利
‘‘Soḷasa hārā paṭhamaṃ, disalocanato disā viloketvā; Saṅkhipiya aṅkusena hi, nayehi tīhi niddise sutta’’nti.
已运用理趣会合。巴利
Niyutto hārasampāto.
1 2 3 4 5 6